Garmin | G1000 NXi: Piper PA-46 M500 Meridian | Garmin G1000 NXi: Piper PA-46 M500 Meridian G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500

Garmin G1000 NXi: Piper PA-46 M500 Meridian G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ABNORMAL OPERATION
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyright © 2017 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version
2785.02 or later for the G1000 NXi Piper M500. Some differences
in operation may be observed when comparing the information in
this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062,
U.S.A.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business
Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR
U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road Xizhi
District,
New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be
reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or
stored in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express
written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this
manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be
viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed
copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of
this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized
commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is
strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are
registered trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its
subsidiaries. Garmin ESP™, Garmin SVT™, SurfaceWatch™, and
Connext™ are trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its
subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express
permission of Garmin.
Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications. ACU-KWIK® is a registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc. Wi-Fi® is a
registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and
SiriusXM Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio,
Inc. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under
license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations
(hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express
or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information
is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise.
Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable
for any incidental, special or consequential damages that result from
the use or inability to use the software or related documentation,
even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been
advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue
AOPA and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and
hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses
related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of
implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential
damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to
you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “ACU-KWIK Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with
respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included in this data, express
or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information
is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or
make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or
otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations
and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold
harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action,
claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the
information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the
datasets. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion
of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential
damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to
licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical data
may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic control
altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used for
compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the sole
means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of
equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from aircraft or
ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near,
or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data link
weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather data
for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link
weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) are only advisory in
nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain
avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for
appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Always obtain qualified instruction prior to operational use of this
equipment.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a
‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are
derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible with
the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: When using the autopilot to fly an approach with vertical guidance,
the autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set
in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision
avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance
resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or conditions relieve
the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, do not rely on the
accuracy of attitude and heading indications in the following geographic areas:
North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all
longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W.
(Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and
128° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85°
E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South latitude between longitude
120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New Zealand).
WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and
interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational
awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon
which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles,
or traffic.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the
Garmin SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means for
determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the
proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Do not operate the weather radar in a transmitting mode when
personnel or objects are within the MPEL boundary.
WARNING: Always position the weather radar gain setting to Calibrated for
viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. Changing the gain in weather mode
causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the
true intensity.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method of
flight guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does not
have NOTAM or ATIS information regarding the current active runway,
condition, or information about the position of hold lines.
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only a QNH
altimeter setting for height above mean sea level, or the standard pressure
setting, as applicable.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center.
Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and affect
the airworthiness of the aircraft.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not
reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment
may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is
subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS
equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is
on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source
of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or
blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer
to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures,
or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result in
nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to
differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen that
have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA are assured
compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs). A copy of the Type 2
LOA is available for each applicable database and can be viewed at http://
fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is
required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does
not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may be
presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in
accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations as
applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by
selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database
alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database
alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database
Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Warning, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of
an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any
other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the
ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: The system supports approval of AC 120-76C Hardware Class 3,
Software Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) electronic aeronautical chart
applications. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source
(traditional paper or additional electronic display) necessary onboard the aircraft.
If the secondary source is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be
consistent with guidance in AC 120-76C.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the
Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing the
affected areas.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the
strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in the
strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear
after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate G1000NXi system power through at least one cycle in a period
of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system reboot.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of the
system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating guide.
Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s Guide for
this aircraft.
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain
Special Procedures. Prior to flying these procedures, pilots must have specific
FAA authorization, training, and possession of the corresponding current, and
legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special
Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific FAA
authorization to fly the procedure.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Software License Agreement
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD
BY GARMIN (“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries
(“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the software embedded in the Garmin
Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the Garmin
Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software
remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software
is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the
United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further
acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade
secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code
form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree
not to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or
reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative
works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any
country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Software License Agreement
BLANK PAGE
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Record of Revisions
Record of Revisions
Part Number
Rev
Date
Page Range
Description
190–02381-00
A
12/15/17
All
Production Release with
GDU Software 20.80
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Record of Revisions
BLANK PAGE
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS...........................................................................................1
Flight Instruments...............................................................................................1
Supplemental Flight Data...................................................................................6
PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions...................................................... 7
SVT Operation..................................................................................................... 7
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM............................................................................. 9
Engine Display...................................................................................................10
Engine Display (Reversionary Mode).............................................................. 13
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS......................................................................................15
COM Operation................................................................................................. 15
NAV Operation.................................................................................................. 16
Mode S Transponder.........................................................................................18
Additional Audio Panel Functions................................................................... 20
Audio Panel Preflight Procedure......................................................................25
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT....................................................................................... 27
Introduction.......................................................................................................27
Using Map Displays.......................................................................................... 27
Waypoints......................................................................................................... 33
Airspaces............................................................................................................42
Direct-To Navigation......................................................................................... 44
Flight Planning.................................................................................................. 47
Vertical Navigation........................................................................................... 67
Procedures......................................................................................................... 73
Weight Planning............................................................................................... 82
Trip Planning..................................................................................................... 83
RAIM Prediction................................................................................................ 84
HAZARD AVOIDANCE.......................................................................................... 87
Data Link Weather............................................................................................ 87
Stormscope Lightning Detection System...................................................... 103
Airborne Color Weather Radar...................................................................... 105
Terrain Displays............................................................................................... 109
Traffic Information Service (TIS).....................................................................111
TAS/TCAS I Traffic............................................................................................113
ADS-B Traffic....................................................................................................116
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................... 119
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
iii
Table of Contents
Activating The Flight Director........................................................................119
Vertical Modes.................................................................................................120
Lateral Modes..................................................................................................121
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, GA).................................................... 122
Procedures....................................................................................................... 124
ADDITIONAL FEATURES.................................................................................... 127
SafeTaxi............................................................................................................127
Charts...............................................................................................................127
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment.......................................................................139
Satellite Telephone and SMS Messaging...................................................... 140
Connext Setup.................................................................................................157
SurfaceWatch.................................................................................................. 158
Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP)...........................................................159
Electronic Checklists........................................................................................160
ABNORMAL OPERATION.................................................................................. 163
Reversionary Mode.........................................................................................163
Abnormal COM Operation............................................................................. 166
Flight Instruments...........................................................................................166
Dead Reckoning.............................................................................................. 173
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS............................................................................ 177
System Annunciations.................................................................................... 177
CAS Messages................................................................................................. 179
Garmin Connext Weather Request Status.................................................... 181
Terrain Annunciations/Alerts......................................................................... 183
TIS Annunciations/Alerts................................................................................194
TAS/TCAS I Traffic............................................................................................197
ADS-B Traffic Annunciations/Alerts...............................................................198
Voice Alerts......................................................................................................201
System Messages............................................................................................ 202
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................................................. 222
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages...........................................................224
APPENDIX...............................................................................................................227
Updating Databases using an SD Card:.........................................................239
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux - Databases
page):............................................................................................................... 241
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:.................................244
iv
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Table of Contents
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:..............................247
INDEX.........................................................................................................................I-1
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
v
Table of Contents
BLANK PAGE
vi
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the ‘Aux — System Setup 1’
Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Format Active’ setting in the ‘Flight
Director’ box.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired format.
Flight
Management
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux’ page group on the MFD.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Changing the Command Bar format:
Hazard
Avoidance
’Single Cue’ to display the aircraft symbol and Command Bars as a single cue.
Or:
AFCS
’X Pointer’ to display the aircraft symbol and Command Bars as a crosspointer.
Enabling/disabling individual Vspeed Reference Bugs:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the On/Off field for the desired bug.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to On or counterclockwise to Off.
4)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Additional
Features
1)
Enabling/disabling Vspeed Reference Bugs as a group:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll as needed to highlight the desired selection.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the References Window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Appendix
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Selecting the altitude display units:
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
1
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ALT, VS’ datafield in the ‘Display
Units’ Window.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Feet(FT,FPM)’ or ‘Meters(MT,MPS)’
and press the ENT Key. This setting affects altitude displays system-wide, in
addition to those shown on the PFD.
Setting the Selected Altitude:
1)
Turn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude. If the Altimeter display
units are set to feet, the Selected Altitude increments are 100 feet. If the
Altimeter is set to Metric, the Selected altitude increments are 50 meters. When
the altitude units overlays are enabled, the increments alternate between a
rounded value of feet or meters while turning the ALT SEL Knob. If set, the
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for
the Selected Altitude.
2)
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also
available for the Selected altitude.
Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’
Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘BARO’ in the ‘Synchronization’ box.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ‘On’ or counterclockwise to ‘Off’.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Turn the small FMS Knob to change the altitude.
9)
Press the ENT Key.
10) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the STD Baro Softkey.
Figure 1 Standard Barometric Setting
2
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys..
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the Meters or Feet Softkeyto enable/disable the altitude overlays.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Enabling altitude units overlays:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
Or:
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals
(hPa).
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
AFCS
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert Altitude in
the ‘BARO Transition Alert’ Box.
4)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Altitude
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude’ field.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to accept or
press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
7)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO
Transition Alert Level.
8)
If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight Level
‘On’ or ‘Off’.
9)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Flight Level’ field.
Abnormal
Operation
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Index
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Appendix
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the ENT
Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional
Features
1)
3
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Or:
Adjusting the selected heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
2)
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
1)
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
2)
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the
bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS Mode for
adjusting a GPS course).
Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1‘ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Nav Angle’ in the ‘Display Units’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT
Key.
• True - References angles to true north (T)
• Magnetic - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
Changing navigation sources:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
1)
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
1)
Press the CDI Softkey to change from FMS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the
cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of
the PFD.
2)
Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2.
This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3)
Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to FMS.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
Changing the selected FMS CDI setting:
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Format Allowed’ in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
5)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS
flight plan:
2)
Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the
CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next
waypoint.
3)
Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
Flight
Management
1)
EIS
1)
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing
pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again to change the bearing source
to FMS.
4)
Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey a third time to change the bearing
source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is optional).
5)
To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either Bearing 1
or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying the DME Information Window:
2)
Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the
BRG1 Information Window.
3)
To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
Appendix
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
5
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
Setting the Generic Timer:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The Up/Dn field is now highlighted.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the UP/DOWN Window.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Up’ or ‘Dn’.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Start?’ is now highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘Stop?’. If the timer is
counting DOWN, it will start counting UP after reaching zero.
9)
To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field changes
to ‘Reset?’.
AFCS
10) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field
changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits are reset.
11) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
1)
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Temperature datafield in the ‘Display
Units’ box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Celsius’ or ‘Fahrenheit’ and press
the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
5)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Displaying wind data:
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Changing temperature display units:
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Wind Softkey to display wind data to the left of the HSI.
3)
Press one of the Option Softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
Index
• Option 1: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed
components
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow and speed
6
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
components
Flight
Instruments
• Option 3: Wind direction arrow with headwind/tailwind and crosswind
To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
EIS
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP.’ ‘OFF’ is selected by
default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next
field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to 59˚C)
6)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and
bug:
AFCS
SVT OPERATION
Additional
Features
Activating and deactivating SVT:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the Terrain
Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the
Pathways Softkey.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
7
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with
the HDG LBL Softkey.
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the
APT Sign Softkey.
Enabling/Disabling SVT Field of View on the Navigation
Map:
1)
While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Map’ Group options to ‘Field of
View’.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
8
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
NOTE: Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations.
EIS
The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays electrical, fuel, engine, pressurization, flight
control, and landing gear information on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD).
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS Display
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Figure 2 Multi Function Display — EIS
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
In the event of a display failure, depending on the failed display(s), the display(s)
operating in Reversionary Mode may be re-configured to present Primary Flight Display
(PFD) symbology together with engine information (refer to the System Overview for more
information about Reversionary Mode). In Reversionary Mode, engine, pressurization, fuel,
electrical, flight control, and landing gear data is presented in an abbreviated format on the
left of the display.
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
9
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
ENGINE DISPLAY
10
1
EIS
1
2
2
11
Audio Panel
and CNS
3
12
3
13
4
14
4
Flight
Management
5
15
6
16
5
6
7
17
Hazard
Avoidance
10
11
18
8
9
8
16
9
Figure 3 EIS Display
AFCS
7
13
14
17
Figure 4 EIS Display —
Reversionary
1
Torque
Displays torque values in ft-lbs
2
Interstage
Turbine
Temperature
The Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) Gauge ranges
differ for engine off/start and running conditions. Values
between 200 and 1200 degrees Celsius (°C) are shown at
engine start; values change from 200 to 900 °C when the
engine is running. When in start mode the amber band
extends from 770 to 1000 °C. When the engine is running
the amber band extends from 771 to 800 °C and the red
band is at 801 °C.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
15
18
ITT Start
3
10
Propeller Speed
ITT Normal
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Displays generator speed as a percentage of maximum safe
operating speed (rpm).
5
Oil Pressure
Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
6
Oil Temperature
Indicator
Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
7
Fuel Quantity
Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of
a standard fuel tank and displays total fuel quantity
8
Fuel Flow
Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
9
Fuel
Temperature
Indicator
Displays fuel temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Flight
Instruments
4
Audio Panel
and CNS
The Destination Elevation is shown on the EIS display and in
the ‘PFD Timer References’ Window. The numeric digits on
the EIS display are shown in green. If data is invalid or not
available, the digits are replaced with a red X
13 Generator/
Alternator
Current
Displays generator and alternator current are displayed in
amperes
14 Voltage
Displays bus voltage on a horizontal scale
15 Vacuum
The Vacuum Gauge displays the amount of suction in the
vacuum system measured in inches of mercury (in Hg)
16 Rudder Trim
Rudder trim indication is shown along slide bar scales
17 Flaps
Flap position is displayed using a rotating pointer. Flap
positions are labeled 0°, 10°, 20°, and 36°. In Reversionary
Mode, there is only a numerical display shown for flap
position.
Abnormal
Operation
12 Destination
Elevation
Additional
Features
Cabin pressure differential (DIFF PSI) is displayed in pounds
per square inch (psi) on a color-coded scale, with numerical
digits in psi.
AFCS
11 Differential
Pressure
Hazard
Avoidance
Cabin altitude (ALT FT) is shown on a color-coded scale
labeled 0, 10, and 15 in 1,000 of feet, with numerical
digital values in feet displayed below. Cabin altitude change
rate (FPM) is displayed on a scale of 1,000-ft from plus (+) 1
to minus (-) 1 fpm with numerical digital values in feet
displayed below. (Only displayed in normal mode).
Flight
Management
10 Cabin Pressure
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
11
18 Landing Gear
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Displays landing gear position and status. Green dots
indicate landing gear down. White circles indicate landing
gear up. Squares with white cross-hatching indicate landing
gear in transition. Red dots indicate landing gear warning.
The graphic presentation changes slightly in Reversionary
mode.
Landing Field Elevation
Flight
Management
The Landing Field Elevation (DEST ELV) is shown on the EIS display and in the ‘PFD
Timer References’ Window. The numeric display on the EIS display is shown in green.
If data is invalid or not available, the digits are replaced with a red X
Hazard
Avoidance
In the ‘PFD Timer References’ Window, cyan dashes are shown until a flight plan
destination is entered. Once a flight plan is entered, the Landing Field Elevation (LFE)
is updated to display the new value.
1)
Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the LFE field.
3)
With the LFE field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to set the desired
Landing Field Elevation and press the ENT Key
4)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Setting the Landing Field Elevation (LFE):
Annunciations
& Alerts
LFE
Figure 6 LFE - TMR/REF Screen
Appendix
Destination
Elevation
Index
Figure 5 Destination Elevation
12
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
In the event of a PFD or MFD display failure, the display(s) operating in Reversionary
Mode are configured to present PFD symbology together with the EIS Display (refer to the
System Overview for information about display reversionary mode).
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE DISPLAY (REVERSIONARY MODE)
EIS
EIS Display
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 7 Reversionary Mode
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
13
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
BLANK PAGE
14
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
COM OPERATION
EIS
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4)
Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
Flight
Management
Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency (large knob for MHz; small
knob for kHz).
Manually tuning a COM frequency from the Control Unit:
Press the COM Key to select the COM frequency box.
2)
Turn the NAV/COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box
(large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
3)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
AFCS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from
the PFD:
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM
frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Frequency
Field.
4)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active
Frequency Field.
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
3)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the
selected COM radio.
4)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key on the PFD or MFD to transfer the frequency
to the COM Active Frequency Field.
15
Index
From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob or pressing the appropriate softkey.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A
list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed.
Additional
Features
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Audio Panel and CNS
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
4)
Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the
selected COM radio.
6)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active
Frequency Field.
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Or:
1)
Select the Aux – System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM
Configuration Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1)
Rotate the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4)
Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST
Pages:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
NAV OPERATION
16
1)
From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor
by pressing the FMS Knob or the appropriate softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV
frequency.
3)
On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to
place the cursor on the NAV frequency.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the
selected NAV radio.
5)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
EIS
Press the ENT
Key to load a
highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
Flight
Instruments
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Turn the FMS Knob to
scroll through a list of
Frequencies
Flight
Management
Figure 8 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
Or:
When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit to
display the page menu.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3)
Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4)
Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the
selected NAV radio.
6)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Annunciations
& Alerts
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Appendix
Figure 9 Nearest Pages Menu
Tuning ADF Frequency:
Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF
frequency field.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
17
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to begin data entry and change each digit.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next digit position.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete data entry for the standby frequency.
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF
frequency field.
2)
Press the ENT Key to complete the frequency transfer.
Adjusting ADF receiver volume:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF volume
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust volume as desired.
Selecting ADF Receiver Mode:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF mode field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired ADF receiver mode.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
Additional
Features
AFCS
3)
Tranferring the active and standby ADF frequencies:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
1)
Press the ADF/DME or DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Selecting and Activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2
(Optional)
1)
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2)
Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the desired
transponder.
Selecting a transponder mode:
1)
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2)
Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
MODE S TRANSPONDER
18
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
2)
Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for
digit entry.
3)
Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the
code, the next softkey in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the
entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the BKSP Softkey
moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the
fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code becomes active.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
EIS
1)
Entering a Code
Flight
Management
Figure 10 Entering a Code
Hazard
Avoidance
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable
code entry.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4)
Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Additional
Features
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
AFCS
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
Figure 11 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
Press the XPDR and the Code Softkeys on the PFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two code digits.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
Appendix
Entering a transponder code with the Control Unit FMS
Knob
19
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
4)
Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
EIS
ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
Speaker
Audio Panel
and CNS
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and
deselects the cabin speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed.
Passenger Address Mode (PA Mode)
Flight
Management
Press and hold the SPKR Key for 2 seconds to initiate Passenger Address Mode. PA
Mode is annunciated by a rapid blinking of the SPKR annunciator. When in PA Mode
the crew can use the PTT “Push-to-Talk” button to deliver announcements over the
speaker, to the passenger headsets, or both depending on configuration.
Hazard
Avoidance
Split-PA Mode
AFCS
During Split-PA Mode the pilot can continue to use the radio(s) while the copilot
delivers PA announcements. To initiate Split-PA Mode, first enter Split-COM Mode by
pressing more than one MIC Key simultaneously, then press and hold the SPKR Key for
2 seconds.
Intercom
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
The GMA 350 includes a six-position intercom system (ICS), one music input, and one
telephone/entertainment input for the pilot, copilot and passengers. The intercom
provides Pilot, Copilot, and Passenger audio isolation.
Figure 12 Intercom Controls
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the PILOT, COPLT, and/or PASS Keys to distribute as required. If the
annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom audio. If an annunciator is NOT
lit that position is isolated from the others.
Appendix
Copilot Configured as Crew or Passenger
Index
NOTE: When the copilot position is configured as a passenger, the COPLT Key is
disabled and the copilot headset is treated as a ‘passenger’ for intercom and
entertainment audio distribution.
The copilot position can be configured as crew (COPLT Key enabled) or as a
passenger (COPLT Key disabled). Pressing and holding the COPLT Key toggles the
20
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Intercom Modes
EIS
NOTE: In the following modes the copilot position is configured as crew.
Flight
Instruments
copilot position configuration between passenger and crew. The aural message “Copilot
Configured as Passenger” or “Copilot Configured as Crew” is heard.
In ‘All Intercom’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear each other and hear
the aircraft audio.
Audio Panel
and CNS
ALL INTERCOM MODE
Flight
Management
In ‘Pilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Copilot and Passengers also hear each other.
Hazard
Avoidance
PILOT ISOLATE MODE
AFCS
In ‘Passenger/Crew Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and
each other. The Passengers hear each other.
Additional
Features
PASSENGER/CREW ISOLATE MODE
Abnormal
Operation
In ‘Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Pilot and Passengers also hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use
Split-COM mode.
Annunciations
& Alerts
COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
Appendix
Index
ALL ISOLATE MODE
In ‘All Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio. The Copilot has
the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each other.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
21
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
EIS
PILOT & COPILOT ISOLATE MODE
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
In ‘Pilot & Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft
audio. The Passengers hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM
mode.
PILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
Hazard
Avoidance
In ‘Pilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio.
The Passengers hear each other.
AFCS
COPILOT & PASSENGER ISOLATE MODE
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
In ‘Copilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot can hear the aircraft
audio. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each
other.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment
Distribution)
Index
Appendix
The music (MUSIC) and telephone/entertainment (
) audio are distributed using
the Blue-Select Mode. The following example indicates that the pilot, copilot, and
passengers will all hear the telephone/entertainment audio.
Figure 13 Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment Distribution)
22
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
ADJUSTING SPEAKER VOLUME
, AND MUS VOLUME
, MUS1, or MUS2 the Volume Control
When the cursor is on MKR, AUX,
Knob adjusts the individual volume of the selected source.
Manual Squelch Annunciator; Off for
Automatic Squelch, On for Manual Squelch
Relative Volume/
Squelch Scale
Annunciations
& Alerts
When the cursor is on MAN SQ, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the ICS
Squelch Threshold (the volume level that must be exceeded to be heard over the
intercom).
Abnormal
Operation
ADJUSTING MANUAL SQUELCH
Additional
Features
ADJUSTING MKR, AUX,
AFCS
When the cursor is on SPKR, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the speaker
volume of the selected sources (COM, NAV, AUX, MKR). Alert volumes are not
affected by the speaker volume control knob.
Hazard
Avoidance
When the cursor is on PILOT, COPLT, or PASS, the Volume Control Knob adjusts
the intercom volume for the listener.
Flight
Management
ADJUSTING INTERCOM VOLUME
Audio Panel
and CNS
will cancel BlueSelecting any button other than PILOT, COPLT, PASS, MUS or
Select Mode. Pressing the small knob will also cancel Blue-Select Mode. After
approximately ten seconds with no input, the Blue-Select Mode will automatically
cancel.
EIS
The annunciator over the
Button will be flashing blue. Any combination of the
annunciators over the PILOT, COPLT, and PASS buttons may be blue. Select the
desired button to turn the blue annunciator on or off to distribute the telephone audio
to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large knob to select MUS, and select the
crew/passenger positions to receive the music audio.
Flight
Instruments
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pressing the small knob when the volume control
cursor (flashing white annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is active,
press the small knob twice. The first press will cancel the volume control cursor, the
second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
Appendix
Cursor
Index
Volume or Manual Squelch
Figure 14 Volume/Squelch Control
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
23
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Clearance Recorder and Player
EIS
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of
the selected COM radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks.
Once 2.5 minutes of recording time have been reached, the recorder begins recording over
the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest block.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest
recorded memory block. Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the
previously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the
previously recorded memory block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM
input signal is detected during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Flight
Management
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: Split COM performance is affected by the distance between the COM
antennas and the separation of the tuned frequencies. If the selected COM1 and
COM2 frequencies are too close together, interference may be heard during
transmission on the other radio.
AFCS
Split-COM Operation
During Split COM operation, both the pilot and the copilot can transmit
simultaneously over separate radios. In Split COM mode, the pilot uses COM1 and the
copilot uses COM2.
Additional
Features
Pressing both MIC Keys simultaneously initiates Split COM Mode (i.e., COM1/COM2).
The respective COM1/MIC1 or COM2/MIC2 annunciators are illuminated indicating Split
COM operation. Split COM operation is cancelled by pressing one of the selected MIC
Keys again.
Abnormal
Operation
Entertainment Inputs
The audio panel provides three stereo telephone/entertainment inputs:
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
•
)controls a telephone or entertainment device
The telephone/entertainment Key (
connected to the rear of the audio panel or to the Front Panel Jack. For GSR 56
equipped aircraft, the Iridium phone audio is connected to the rear input of the audio
panel. To use the Iridium phone, ensure there is no other audio source plugged into the
Front Panel Jack.
• The MUS1 and MUS2 Key controls the Entertainment Music audio input. External
Index
audio jacks can also be used as an entertainment input. GDL 69 (SiriusXM Radio)
audio, if equipped, is wired to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs. The Front Panel Jack does
not disable audio connected to the MUS1 and MUS2 inputs.
The Front Panel Jack can be used as an entertainment input or a telephone input.
Plugging a device into the Front Panel Jack will disable any audio source connected to the
rear telephone/entertainment jack (i.e. GSR 56, if so equipped). The Front Panel Jack is a
24
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel and CNS
Flight
Instruments
3.5-mm stereo jack that is compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such
as cell phones and other tablet devices. The headphone outputs of the entertainment
devices are plugged into the Front Panel Jack.
Distribution of the entertainment inputs are configured in Blue-Select Mode.
EIS
Telephone and Entertainment Muting
Telephone and entertainment muting can be enabled or disabled by the user,
however it is always muted during alerts.
Audio Panel
and CNS
ENABLING/DISABLING MUTING
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment
Hazard
Avoidance
SiriusXM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and
passengers simultaneously (optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Radio Service).
Refer to the Additional Features Section for more details on the Data Link Receiver.
Flight
Management
) Key for two seconds to toggle muting
Press and hold the MUS1, MUS2, or (
on and off. The aural message “Mute Music on Reception Enabled/Disabled” or “Mute
Tel and Jack on Reception Enabled/Disabled” is heard.
Connecting a stereo input to the Stereo Input jack removes the SiriusXM Radio
Audio from that input.
AFCS
AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
Additional
Features
Setting the Audio Panel During Preflight:
Verify that the PILOT, COPLT and PASS annunciators are lit.
2)
Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
3)
Use the Blue-Select Mode to distribute the telephone/entertainment (
MUS1, and MUS2 appropriately.
4)
Use the VOL/CRSR Knobs to adjust the intercom volumes to the desired level.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
),
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
25
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Audio Panel and CNS
BLANK PAGE
26
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
EIS
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD Data
Bar Fields’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list to
select the desired data.
5)
Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the default
setting.
Flight
Management
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
USING MAP DISPLAYS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘Orientation’
Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
7)
Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Appendix
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling Auto North Up and selecting the
minimum switching range:
27
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the range field.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
Configuring automatic zoom:
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and select
‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS Knob.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection Field.
7)
Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights
the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the ‘Max Look FWD’ time. Press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero to
99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Panning the map:
1)
Push the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3)
Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
5)
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
28
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user
waypoint:
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page for the
selected waypoint.
3)
Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘WPT Waypoint Information’ Page and return to the Navigation Map showing the
selected waypoint.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
2)
Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3)
‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT
Key to display the ‘Information’ Window for the selected airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘Information’
Window.
Additional
Features
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
AFCS
With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display
the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on an open area within the
boundaries of an airspace. (As the Map Pointer crosses the airspace boundary,
the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is shown.)
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Reviewing information for a special-use or controlled
airspace:
Press the MENU Key (with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed).
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s
present position.
4)
Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The
bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation at the
current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes the
starting point for measuring.
5)
To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push the Joystick; or select ‘Stop
Measuring’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window and press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
29
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages
displaying navigation maps:
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display
topographic data.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Map:
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey.
3)
Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic
data from the navigation map. When topographic data is removed from the
page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Displaying/removing topographic data using the
Navigation Map Page Menu:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
30
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the large FMS knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field. Ranges are
from 1 nm to 1000 nm.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
7)
Enter the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display
the range list.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group. Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Setting up the Land, Aviation or Airspace group items:
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or maximum
range).
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Press the Detail Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current
declutter level is shown. With each softkey press, another level of map
information is removed.
Index
Or:
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
Decluttering the MFD Map:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
31
1)
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3)
Press the ENT Key to apply the next declutter level and return to the Navigation
Map.
Decluttering the PFD Map:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3)
Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AWY LO).
4)
Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AWY HI).
5)
Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (AWY Off).
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying/removing airways:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ On/Off Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Off’ or ‘On’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT
Airways):
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
32
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT
Airways’ range field.
5)
To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Instruments
6)
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
Flight
Management
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Setting up additional Map group items:
Or
Hazard
Avoidance
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
7)
Additional
Features
WAYPOINTS
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), press the FMS
Knob.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name,
or location:
With the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, press the
FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
Appendix
Selecting a runway:
33
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for
the selected airport.
4)
To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the MENU
Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1)
Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport identifier, and press the ENT
Key to display the ‘Airport Information’ Window.
3)
To return to the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor
on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the
‘Nearest Airports’ Window list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window and
the ‘Airport Information’ Window.)
4)
Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD ‘Nearest Airports’
Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Nearest Airports’ Page (it is the first
page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no Nearest
Airports available, ‘None Within 200nm’ is displayed.
3)
Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports list is
highlighted.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also
moves to the next airport.)
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Viewing a destination airport:
34
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or
press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway
length matching criteria:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the ‘Nearest
Airport’ Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard Only,
Hard/Soft).
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
6)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet)
and press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - Intersection Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘Intersection’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter an identifier.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Or:
With the ‘NRST - Nearest Intersections’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest INT’ Box, and press the
ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the NDB identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting an NDB:
Index
Or:
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
1)
With the ‘WPT - NDB Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘NDB’ Box.
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting an intersection:
1)
EIS
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
35
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest NDB’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest NDB’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Selecting a VOR:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
With the ‘WPT - VOR Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is place in the ‘VOR’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VOR identifier, name, or the city in which it’s
located.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob; or press
the VOR Softkey.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
Additional
Features
2)
Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VOR’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting a VRP:
1)
With the ‘WPT - VRP Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The
cursor is placed in the ‘VRP’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the VRP identifier or name.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Or:
36
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
With the ‘NRST - Nearest VRP’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest VRP’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
1)
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or use the large
FMS Knob to scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
Or:
With the ‘NRST - Nearest User WPTS’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select an identifier in the ‘Nearest User’ Box, and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Creating user waypoints from the User WPT Information
Page:
Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User
Waypoint’.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the
new waypoint.
4)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Additional
Features
1)
Index
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
Abnormal
Operation
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
37
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Or:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new user
waypoint AAAAAA?’ is displayed.
4)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Hazard
Avoidance
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
AFCS
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
Additional
Features
Or:
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by moving
the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1)
Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed with the
captured position.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
38
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint
box is highlighted.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following
ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’
Box using the FMS Knobs.
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
AFCS
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
EIS
3)
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three
things happens upon pressing the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected
feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint, 2) a menu pops up
allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a
new waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the
latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the FMS Knobs.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal
by moving the cursor to ‘Temporary’ and selecting the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9)
Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to make any changes.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
Abnormal
Operation
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
Additional
Features
6)
39
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
With the ‘WPTS - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Rename Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Rename User
Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Enter a new name.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint
AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is displayed.
6)
With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Use Present Position’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated
comment:
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the
aircraft present position:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Renaming user waypoints:
40
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select ‘Auto Comment’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point
used to define the waypoint.
Flight
Instruments
4)
EIS
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default
setting:
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
The cursor is placed on ‘Waypoint Setup’ in the ‘Options’ Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and press the
ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT - User
WPT Information’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘YES’ is highlighted in the
confirmation window.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Deleting a single user waypoint:
Additional
Features
Or:
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
41
Deleting all user waypoints:
1)
With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the large
FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
5)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
AIRSPACES
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and press
the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to remove
labels.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
42
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace Alerts’
Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
2)
Press the Alerts Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Alerts’ Window, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in
the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
3)
Select the desired airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated
information:
AFCS
Turning smart airspace on or off:
2)
Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Group’
Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace On or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace Off.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Additional
Features
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
43
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a
direct-to destination:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering an identifier,
facility, or city. If duplicate entries exist, additional entries can be viewed by
turning the small FMS Knob during the selection process.
3)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’
Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (turning the knob counter-clockwise displays the waypoint submenu
window).
3)
Select the desired waypoint.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
44
1)
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, or the ‘Flight Plan’
Window on the PFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD), and turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint submenu
window.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
2)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
waypoint as the direct-to destination.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4)
Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
AFCS
Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the
desired waypoint.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already
selected).
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the
‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page on the MFD and press the FMS Knob.
Additional
Features
1)
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu - press
the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Ident,
Facility, City’ Field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering an identifier,
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
45
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Flight Management
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
4)
Enter the desired course.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
1)
Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed with the cursor
flashing in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
3)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
1)
From the ‘Navigation Map’ Page, push the Joystick to display the pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3)
If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, VRP, or user waypoint,
the waypoint name is highlighted.
4)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
point entered as the direct-to destination.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct-to:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Highlight the ’CRS’ or Course’ Field.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the
pointer:
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is
still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the
waypoint:
Index
Appendix
3)
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
facility name, or city. If duplicate entries exist, additional entries can be viewed
by turning the small FMS Knob during the selection process.
46
1)
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ Box altitude Field.
3)
Enter the desired altitude using the FMS Knob.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
5)
The cursor is now flashing in the ‘VNV’ offset distance Field.
6)
Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to activate.
EIS
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose
‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
FLIGHT PLANNING
Creating an active flight plan:
Press the FPL Key. Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on
MFD).
2)
Select the origin airport and runway.
AFCS
1)
b)
Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility,
or city name of the departure waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e)
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
4)
Select the enroute waypoints.
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the
enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following the
header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item).
b)
Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility,
or city name of the waypoint. The active flight plan is modified as each
waypoint is entered.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
47
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
a)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Repeat step number 2 for the destination airport and runway.
Abnormal
Operation
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob.
Additional
Features
a)
3)
Flight
Instruments
4)
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
6)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor (if required).
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’
Page.
3)
Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight
Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the first empty
storage location.
4)
Select the origin airport and runway.
Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob, or by moving the Quick Select Box (MFD
only) with the Joystick (the waypoint will be inserted at the insertion point
indicator).
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e)
Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
Repeat step number 4 for the destination airport and runway.
6)
Select the enroute waypoints.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
48
a)
5)
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Creating a stored flight plan:
a)
Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the
enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following the
header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item.)
b)
Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The stored flight plan is modified as each waypoint is
entered.
7)
Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
8)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6)
Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”,
and press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
Or:
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9)
Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card:
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6)
Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Export Flight Plan’.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that
duplicates the name of a waypoint already stored on the system, the system
compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of the existing
waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is
automatically renamed by adding characters to the end of the name.
Additional
Features
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
AFCS
7)
Hazard
Avoidance
If an existing flight plan is selected, an ‘Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or
CANCEL’ prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the
selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the SD card. If
overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select ‘CANCEL’ using the
FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the
Import Softkey again.
Flight
Management
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will
be displayed.
49
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob
to the left to highlight the name, then use the FMS Knobs to enter the new
name, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
Previewing a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Or:
AFCS
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
a)
Press the MENU Key,
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Preview Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
Ignoring a pending flight plan transfer from a wireless
connection:
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a Pending
Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page name.
2)
Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Or:
Index
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending
flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
50
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Storing a pending flight plan:
Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
6)
Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Flight
Management
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored
and the pending annunciation is removed.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the pending flight plan.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page.
4)
Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key on the MFD and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
Appendix
a)
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Activating a pending flight plan:
AFCS
a)
Hazard
Avoidance
a)
Or:
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
51
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed from the
Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting a pending flight plan:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
5)
a)
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5)
Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
Or:
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
6)
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan. The
pending flight plan is removed from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting all pending flight plans:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
52
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation Window is
displayed.
6)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is
displayed.
4)
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint
is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it
counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information Window’ with a waypoint
selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user,
or airway waypoints).
Flight
Management
6)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint
from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now
exists in the flight plan.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint
is placed prior to the highlighted waypoint.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it
counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window with a waypoint
Appendix
Press the FPL Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
Additional
Features
NOTE: If the flight plan is successfully edited in the ‘Flight Plan’ Window from
PFD while the MFD Active Flight Plan Page is in the process of being edited, the
‘Flight Plan Modified By Other User’ Window will appear on the MFD. Press the
ENT key to return to the Active Flight Plan Page with the accepted changes.
AFCS
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window has
duplicates, a ‘Duplicate Waypoint’ Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to
select the correct waypoint.
EIS
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Instruments
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
53
Flight Management
5)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint
from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is
modified as each waypoint is entered.
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight
plan:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user,
or airway waypoints).
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob on the MFD to activate the cursor.
3)
Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint.
4)
Push the Joystick on the MFD to activate the panning function on the ‘FPL Active Flight Plan’ Page and pan to the map location of the desired user
waypoint.
5)
Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using
the next available in sequence) and is added to the active flight plan.
AFCS
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
1)
Additional
Features
Or:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
For a stored flight plan, highlight the desired flight plan on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog Page’ and press the Edit Softkey.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired
waypoint. Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Set [waypoint] to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
Index
Appendix
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key and press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor (not required on the PFD).
54
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point
should be entered at this time.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey,
or press the MENU Key and select ‘Load Airway’. The ‘FPL — Select Airway’
Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the ‘Load Airway’ menu item is
available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the
waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
EIS
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT
Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new
airway inserted.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Departure’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition for the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a transition for the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Additional
Features
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
3)
55
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Approach’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
4)
Select the airport and approach:
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
a)
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Approach Channel’ Field.
b)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the
ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
5)
Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan
Page or the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Window:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next
available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
a)
56
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
4)
The ‘Flight Plan Info’ Box displays departure, destination, total distance, and
enroute safe altitude information for the selected flight plan.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view the
waypoints in the flight plan.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘activate stored flight
plan?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate
FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’
Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Copy Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to flight plan XX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. The flight plan
is stored in the next available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
57
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
EIS
1)
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
58
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the procedure to be
deleted.
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
1)
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the flight plan to be edited.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Additional
Features
1)
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
59
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete flight plan XX?’ Window
is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the
aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all
flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the
request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Activating a flight plan leg:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
3)
Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed with
‘Activate’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key,
or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
60
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An
‘Invert active flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3)
Select ‘OK’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press
the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Inverting the active flight plan:
Deleting the active flight plan:
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ Window is displayed.
3)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
AFCS
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight
plan:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be deleted.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Annunciations
& Alerts
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: If removal of a flight plan item (waypoint, procedure, etc.) results in
deletion of the end waypoint of the active leg, an off-route direct-to to the
deleted waypoint is created and activated.
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
61
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [airway name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the procedure to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Remove [procedure]’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove [procedure name] from flight plan?’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the comment field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
62
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track offset.
3)
Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a positive or negative offset distance in the
range of +/- 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
5)
Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
2)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Entering an along track offset distance:
Activating parallel track:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key. The
‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT
Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key
to cancel the parallel track activation.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’ highlighted.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Appendix
Changing the flight plan view:
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM
Softkeys.
3)
Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LegLeg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
63
Index
1)
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Cancelling parallel track:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
5)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the Active Flight Plan Page, and Charts Page is bordered by a
cyan box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press the
AUTO Softkey.
Displaying the flight plan map on the active flight plan
page in split mode:
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or select the Narrow Softkey
to display the narrow view.
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled showing the Charts
Page alongside the active flight plan, and the Charts Page is bordered by a cyan
box indicating it is the active display pane.
3)
Move the Joystick to select the Active Flight Plan page as the active display
pane.
4)
Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide Flight Plan
Map’. Press the ENT Key.
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and
press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan
to a selected waypoint:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’, and press the ENT Key. A
window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3)
Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint. The system displays the bearing
(BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected
Index
Appendix
4)
Viewing charts and active flight plan page in split screen
mode:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
64
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint at this location. Press the ENT
Key. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the
reference waypoint.
EIS
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan
waypoint:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
3)
If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the ENT
Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
Appendix
2)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Abnormal
Operation
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present
position:
1)
Flight
Management
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the flight
plan.
65
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute Directto hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the hold.
1)
Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but select
‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’ when finished.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to with
the user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the direct-to
waypoint is part of the active flight plan, the hold is inserted into the active
flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight plan, an offroute direct-to hold is created.)
Editing a user-defined hold:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
66
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Edit Hold’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’
Window appears with the ‘Course’ Field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press
the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the
ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and
press the ENT Key.
EIS
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
7)
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Update?’ is highlighted to update the hold.
Removing a user-defined hold inserted into the active
flight plan:
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘HOLD’ waypoint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the
active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal
of the holding pattern.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the holding
pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint sequencing.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight
plan:
AFCS
Additional
Features
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu with the cursor on the ‘Cancel
Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press a Direct To Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window (PFD or MFD).
Abnormal
Operation
1)
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL- Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’,
and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance
begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box (defaults first
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
Appendix
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
67
Flight Management
3)
To Disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled.
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical
navigation).
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight
the desired waypoint.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (cyan
number) to be used. If not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a
designated altitude constraint is selected.
3)
Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV
Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT
at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the
selected waypoint.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Altitude Constraints
Appendix
The system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give
guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance,
manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database.
Index
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This
means the system automatically provides descending vertical speed and deviation
guidance to an altitude(s) chosen by the system for any waypoint prior to the FAF. These
altitudes are displayed as cyan text. Additionally, altitudes can be manually designated
prior to the FAF. The FAF can be manually designated if the selected approach provides no
vertical guidance (i.e. glidepath). Manually designated altitudes are displayed as cyan text
and pencil icon. For all designated altitudes, the system will automatically calculate
altitude constraints prior to the designated altitude, which are displayed as white text.
68
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
System Calculated Altitude
(White Text)
Edited Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Designated Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text)
AFCS
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
Displayed Text
Examples
Hazard
Avoidance
Cross AT 2,300 ft
Flight
Management
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Audio Panel
and CNS
Altitude Constraint
Examples
EIS
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the
nearest hundred. An altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is
supported for airports. When a database altitude restriction is displayed, the system
allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively overriding the
database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type
“AT or ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the
restriction to define the vertical profile.
Flight
Instruments
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”
using the CLR Key. The altitude is now displayed only as a reference (white text). It is not
used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due to recalculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a nondesignated altitude.
White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Figure 15 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
Additional
Features
Temperature
Compensated
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
69
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
White Text
5OOOFT
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Altitude calculated by the system
estimating the altitude of the aircraft
as it passes over the navigation point.
No white line above or below to
indicate a potential constraint.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Altitude retrieved from the navigation
database. White line above or below
indicates the type of constraint, as
shown in the preceding figure. These
altitudes are provided as a reference,
and are not designated to be used in
determining vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of
an invalid constraint condition.
Table 1 Altitude Constraint Color Coding
AFCS
NOTE: All designated altitudes (cyan text) will be displayed in the Active Flight
Plan Page and Flight Plan Window without restriction bars regardless of what is
shown on the published procedure.
Manually designating a waypoint altitude to be used for
vertical guidance:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Altitude is designated for use in
determining vertical guidance. A pencil
icon indicates manual designation or
manually edited data entry.
5OOOFT
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Manually designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be
used for vertical guidance:
Index
Appendix
Cyan Text
70
1)
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired altitude
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is usable for
vertical guidance.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
EIS
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical
speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight
plan. In the event an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an
altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint, the system displays the altitude restriction
from the database provided no predicted altitude can be provided. The system also
provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been edited.
Flight
Management
guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach)
Audio Panel
and CNS
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
Entering/modifying an altitude constraint:
AFCS
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a
flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise
past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically changes to show
units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first
zero and enter the three digit flight level.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is
an airport without a runway selected, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the
small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the
altitude.
Additional
Features
1)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
71
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation
database:
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually
entered:
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is
deleted (it is replaced by a system calculated altitude, if available).
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to
the navigation database value:
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display:
Index
Appendix
1)
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
72
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Flight
Instruments
4)
Or:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
5)
Press the Inset Softkey.
6)
Press the VSD [Mode] Softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Management
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display:
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey
4)
Press the Off Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Hide VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
1)
AFCS
Or:
PROCEDURES
Abnormal
Operation
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1)
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
Appendix
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Or:
2)
Index
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
73
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures. Press the ENT
Key to select the procedure. The cursor moves to the next box (runway or
transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs, as required, to highlight a runway or transition. Press the
ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box.
The procedure is previewed on the map.
6)
Repeat Step 5, until desired information has been viewed for the chosen
procedure.
7)
Press the Info 1 Softkey or the Info 2 Softkey to return to the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
Loading a procedure into the active flight plan from the
[Procedure] Information Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page:
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
AFCS
Or:
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Additional
Features
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an
identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure in its respective box. The
procedure is previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available procedures, and turn the
FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the procedure. The
cursor moves to the next box (runway or transition). The procedure is previewed
on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the list of available runways or transitions,
and turn the FMS Knob to move the cursor. Press the ENT Key to select the
runway or transition. The cursor moves to the next box.
6)
Repeat Step 5, until the cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box or the ‘Minimums’
Box.
7)
Press the MENU Key to display the [Procedure] Information Page Menu.
Index
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Appendix
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
74
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load [procedure]’.
9)
Press the ENT Key to load the procedure into the active flight plan.
Flight
Instruments
8)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight
plan:
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active
flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
75
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page/Window is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight
plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the
PROC Key:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
76
1)
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page/Window is displayed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select the airport and approach:
a)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Or:
b)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the
ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
a)
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large
FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Approach Channel’ Field.
EIS
a)
AFCS
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
NOTE: If there is no arrival procedure in the active flight plan, loading an
approach after a destination airport has already been entered will result in a
duplicate destination airport waypoint being added to the end of the enroute
segment.
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final
course of the approach.
Additional
Features
6)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
77
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the
Nearest Airport Page:
1)
Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
nearest airport. The airport is previewed on the map.
3)
Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach
Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5)
Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed with
the ‘Transition’ Field highlighted.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
7)
Minimums
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load
and activate the approach procedure. The system continues navigating the
current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for
the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is
displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be
switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
8)
78
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active
flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Flight
Management
Activating a previously loaded approach:
Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to
final:
Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
2)
Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
1)
From the ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page, press the MENU Key on the
MFD. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD.
The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach
course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides
guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to
fly the final course of the approach.
79
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Appendix
1)
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
Or:
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
Loading and Activating a visual approach using the PROC
Key:
1)
Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2)
Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading
Page is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
a)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
b)
Select a visual approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
4)
Select a transition and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
a)
To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b)
If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the ‘TEMP At’ [airport]
Field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the Go-Around Button. Prior to the MAP, the aircraft will continue to
laterally navigate to the MAP before executing the missed approach. Otherwise,
the aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
Appendix
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Index
6)
80
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure
(‘Load?’ is only available if there is a previous approach already loaded in the
flight plan); or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’ and press the
ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The message ‘Obstacle
clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. Press ENT to
continue.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed with
the temperature highlighted.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to change the ‘TEMP At’ [airport] Field. The
compensated altitude is computed as the temperature is selected.
Audio Panel
and CNS
From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD. The
‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are shown in
the flight plan.
AFCS
6)
Cancelling temperature compensated altitude:
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF is
cancelled.
Abnormal
Operation
From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page Menu’
Window is displayed.
Additional
Features
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
Flight
Management
NOTE: The temperature at the destination can be entered in the ‘Temperature
Compensation’ Window on the MFD, or in the ‘References’ Window on the PFD.
There is only one compensation temperature for the system, therefore, changing
the temperature will affect both the loaded approach altitudes and the
minimums. Refer to the Flight Instruments section for information about
applying temperature compensation to the MDA/DH.
5)
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Manually activating temperature compensated altitude:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
NOTE: Activating/cancelling temperature compensation for the loaded approach
altitudes does not select/deselect temperature compensated minimums (MDA/
DH), nor does selecting/deselecting temperature compensated minimums
activate/cancel temperature compensated approach altitudes.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
81
WEIGHT PLANNING
Entering basic empty weight:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the Config Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic Empty Weight’, and press the ENT Key to select
the ‘Basic Empty Weight’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering pilot and stores weight:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Pilot & Stores’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Passengers #’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering the average passenger weight:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the passenger weight (‘at’) field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering the cargo weight:
Index
Appendix
1)
Entering the number of passengers:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
82
1)
From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor and highlight the ‘Cargo’ Field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Entering fuel reserves weight:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
Field.
EIS
1)
TRIP PLANNING
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
Abnormal
Operation
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs Softkey;
or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FOB Sync Softkey on the ‘Aux - Weight and Fuel Planning’ Page; or
press the MENU and highlight ‘Synchronize Fuel on Board’, and press the ENT
Key. The actual measured fuel on board is displayed in the ‘Fuel On Board’ Field.
Flight
Management
Synchronizing the fuel on board with the actual measured
fuel on board:
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each
leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The
Trip Planning Map also displays the selected data.
Appendix
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor
in the ‘FPL’ Field.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
83
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
positioned in the waypoint field directly below the ‘FPL’ Field.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page
Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and press the ENT
Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The
statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1)
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select
‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor may
now be positioned in any field within the ‘Input Data’ Box.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’ Field and
enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated using the
new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all desired
values have been entered.
RAIM PREDICTION
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
5)
Enter the desired waypoint:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city
name and press the ENT Key.
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
selection submenu.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan, Nearest,
Recent, or User Waypoints, if required.
Index
Appendix
Or:
84
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The
system automatically fills in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Field with the
information for the selected waypoint.
d)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
Flight
Instruments
c)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
8)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
EIS
6)
Audio Panel
and CNS
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
and date combination
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
time, and date
waypoint, time, and date
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM
availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
• ‘RAIM Not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified
Flight
Management
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time,
and date combination
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint,
Appendix
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
time, and date
time, and date
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
85
Index
• ‘RAIM Not Available’ is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint,
Disabling SBAS:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2)
If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
86
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DATA LINK WEATHER
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND to show/remove the weather product age information for
PFD maps.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Symbol
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
NEXRAD
30
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
15 (69/69A)
Additional
Features
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
30
5
Cell Movement
30
1.25
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
12
METARs
90
12
City Forecast
90
12
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
SiriusXM Lightning (LTNG)
Appendix
7.5
Annunciations
& Alerts
30
Abnormal
Operation
30 (69/69A
SXM)
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
AFCS
SiriusXM Weather Product
Hazard
Avoidance
The following tables show the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the
broadcast rates for SiriusXM Weather and FIS-B Weather, respectively. The broadcast rate
represents the interval at which the SiriusXM Weather service transmits new signals that may
or may not contain updated weather product information. It does not represent the rate at
which the weather information is updated or when the Data Link Receiver receives new data.
The service provider and its weather data suppliers define and control the data update
intervals, which are subject to change.
Flight
Management
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Enabling/disabling the weather product age for PFD Maps:
87
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
SiriusXM Weather Product
Symbol
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
Surface Analysis
60
12
Freezing Levels
120
12
Winds Aloft
90
12
County Warnings
60
5
Cyclone Warnings
60
12
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
22
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
12
Air Report(AIREP)
90
12
Turbulence
180
12
Radar Coverage Not Available
No product
image
30
5
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR)
No product
image
60
12
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
No product
image
60
12
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Table 2 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
FIS-B Weather Product
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
NEXRAD Composite (US)
30
15
NEXRAD Composite
(Regional)
30
2.5
METARs
90
5
88
Symbol
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Symbol
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
10
Winds Aloft
90
10
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
5
30
2.5
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
no product
image
60
10
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR
no product
image
Flight
Management
no product
image
Audio Panel
and CNS
No Radar Coverage
EIS
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
10
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 3 FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
Abnormal
Operation
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
30
Canada: 3*†
Annunciations
& Alerts
Radar
Precipitation
Europe: 15
Australia: 15^
30
Datalink
Lightning
30
Continuous
SIGMETs/
AIRMETs
60
Continuous
METARs
90
Continuous
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
60
Appendix
Infrared Satellite
Additional
Features
Symbol
AFCS
The following table shows the Garmin Connext Weather product symbols, the
expiration times and the refresh rates. The refresh rate represents the interval at which
Garmin Connext weather service makes available the most current known weather data. It
does not necessarily represent the rate at which the service receives new data from various
weather sources. The pilot chooses how often to contact the Garmin Connext weather
service in order to retrieve weather data through the Connext Data Request.
Garmin
Connext
Weather
Product
Flight
Instruments
FIS-B Weather Product
89
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Garmin
Connext
Weather
Product
Winds Aloft
90
Continuous
Pilot Weather
Report (PIREPs)
90
Continuous
Temporary Flight
Restrictions
(TFRs)
no product
image
60
Continuous
Terminal
Aerodrome
Reports TAFs)
no product
image
60
Continuous
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Table 4 Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the
data link weather source, if applicable:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT) Page.
The currently selected data link weather source appears in the page title.
3)
If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the MENU
Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but
individual radar sites may take between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new
data.
† Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
^ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australian Bureau of
Meteorology.
a)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, or ‘Display Connext
Weather’ (choices may vary depending on the installed equipment).
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the
Weather Data Link Page:
Index
Appendix
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Symbol
90
1)
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
Or:
4)
To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT
or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in
the window.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’, and
press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
with the changed settings.
Flight
Management
1)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Group options.
5)
If SiriusXM is the selected data link weather source, turn the small FMS Knob to
highlight the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Appendix
Or:
Index
If FIS-B or Garmin Connext is the selected data link weather source, turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Orientation ‘ field at the bottom of the
Product Group 1 list.
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired map orientation: North up,
Track up, HDG up, or SYNC, then press the ENT Key.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting a map orientation for the Weather Data Link
Page:
6)
EIS
3)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
91
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the MENUKey.
5)
Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT
Key.
6)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
Showing/removing the weather legend on the Navigation
Map Page:
Additional
Features
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4)
When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to remove the window.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the
navigation maps:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the Navigation
Map Page:
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
92
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Flight
Instruments
7)
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
2)
Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display of
data link products on the PFD map.
Audio Panel
and CNS
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
EIS
1)
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age
display (PFD maps):
Flight
Management
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age, source,
and icon box display on PFD Maps.
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather
information:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
urn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and press
the ENT Key to show or hide a green check mark to select one of more of the
following coverage selections:
Additional
Features
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination (Direct-To
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently exists. Turn the
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be off-route). Turn the
Appendix
small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan look-ahead distance option (or
choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request weather data for the remainder of the flight
plan), then press the ENT Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
destinations excluded). See the Flight Management section for more information
about entering and activating flight plans.
Abnormal
Operation
• Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
large and small FMS Knobs to enter a waypoint, then press the ENT Key.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
93
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance
field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route
width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press the
ENT Key to initiate the request immediately or press the FMS Knob to return to
the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page without requesting weather data.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the ENT
Key. The request status box indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Choose the desired weather coverage options.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the small
FMS Knob to highlight the desired automatic update frequency (Off, 5 Min, 10
Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press the ENT Key
6)
The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed in
the ‘Request Status’ Window based on the currently selected update rate. Press
the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext Data Request.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Or:
94
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD
navigation maps:
EIS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD
maps:
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘US’ or ‘CNDA’ (Canada) and press the
ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
AFCS
Enabling/disabling animated SiriusXM NEXRAD on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
With ‘Product Group 1’ Selected, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the ENT Key.
5)
To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Menu Key.
Additional
Features
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on navigation
maps:
Select the ‘Map — Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
95
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’ and press the ENT Key.
7)
To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the NXRD Softkey. Each selection cycles though a coverage option as the
softkey name changes (Each selection cycles though a coverage option
displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘US’, or ‘REG’, or ‘All’)..
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
To enable/disable the display of NEXRAD informations, turn the small FMS Knob
to highlight the NEXRAD On/Off field.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ to enable the display of
NEXRAD or ‘Off’ to disable.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Region’ field..
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following options: ‘CONUS’
for the continental United States, ‘Regional’ for regional NEXRAD, or
‘Combined’ to show regional NEXRAD where data is available, and
continental NEXRAD outside of the regional coverage area.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
When finished, push the FMS Knob.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the
Navigation Map Page:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
4)
a)
96
1)
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Select the NEXRAD Softkey.
3)
To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
4)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the ENT
Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States),
‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’, then press the ENT Key. This selection also
affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Flight
Instruments
7)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD
information.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD
maps:
Select the Map Opt Softkey (for PFD maps, press the Map/HSI or Map Opt
Softkey). This step is not necessary on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Select the PRECIP Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
Displaying Echo Tops information:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the Echo Top Softkey.
AFCS
1)
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the CLD Top Softkey.
Additional
Features
1)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’
Page.
2)
Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather
Data Link Page:
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the
Navigation Map Page:
Turn the FMS Knob to select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Select the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Appendix
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
97
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on PFD maps:
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Select the ‘Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the ICNG Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press
the Next or PREV Sofktey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The ICNG
SOftkey label changes to indicate the icing altitude selected.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
2)
Select the Cell MOV Softkey.
Setting up the system to display Cell Movement with
NEXRAD on navigation maps:
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to ‘On’ or ‘Off’ for the Cell Movement menu option.
When set to ‘On’, Cell Movement is enabled/disabled with the NEXRAD
weather product on navigation maps. When set to ‘Off’, Cell Movement is not
displayed on navigation maps.
6)
When finished, push the FMS Knob or CLR Key to remove the menu.
Displaying Infrared Satellite Information:
1)
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the IR SAT Softkey.
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Displaying Cell Movement information on the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
98
1)
Select the ‘Map- Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)’ Page.
2)
Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3)
To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the
Map Pointer over the icon.
4)
Press the ENT key. The following figure shows sample SIGMET text.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
2)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and
TAF text.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the
TAF text.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
On the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page, press the
METAR Softkey.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
Flight
Management
Or:
1)
Select the Weather Information Page.
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b)
Select the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
a)
Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text.
Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling
through the TAF text.
Additional
Features
Displaying original METAR text on the Active Flight Plan
Page:
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR
(indicated with a METAR flag next to it). The METAR text will appear in the
‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key
to exit the Active Flight Plan Page.
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Press the METAR Softkey.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
2)
Appendix
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD
Inset Map:
1)
AFCS
2)
99
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
3)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR text
appears on the map.
4)
When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Select the More WX Softkey.
3)
Select the SFC Softkey.
4)
Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR,
or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to show the forecast time selected.
Or:
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Select the More WX Softkey.
3)
Select the Wind Softkey.
4)
Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet.
Select the Next or Prev Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
Wind Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying Freezing Level information:
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display
(containing winds aloft data):
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Index
Or:
100
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Select the Navigation Map Page.
b)
Press the MENU Key.
c)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ and press the
ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
a)
EIS
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Flight
Management
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WXSoftkey.
3)
Press the County Softkey.
AFCS
1)
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the Cyclone Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
Additional
Features
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying County Warning information:
Displaying icing information:
Select the ‘Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the ICNG Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press
the Next or PREV Sofktey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The ICNG
SOftkey label changes to indicate the icing altitude selected.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Appendix
Displaying turbulence information:
Select the ‘Map — Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
101
3)
Press the TURB Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 up to 45,000 feet. Press the
Next or PREV Softkey to cycle though the available softkeys. The TURB Softkey
label changes to indicate the turbulence altitude selection.
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the PIREPS or AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is only available
with the SiriusXM Weather service.)
4)
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will
appear around the weather report when it is selected.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP
text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, followed by the original
text. Note the original text may contain additional information not present in
the decoded version.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Displaying TFR Data:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page or Navigation
Map Page.
2)
Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The
system displays TFR summary information above the map.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4)
If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT
Key. The system displays the TFR Information window.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which
TFR data can be displayed:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
102
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Viewing FIS-B status:
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable FIS-B
Weather’, and press the ENT Key. The system will not receive FIS-B weather
information when FIS-B Weather is disabled.
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
AFCS
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
Hazard
Avoidance
Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to
decrease the map range.
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
Additional
Features
1)
2)
Select the Mode Softkey. The Cell and Strike Softkeys are displayed.
3)
Press the Cell Softkey to display cell data or press the Strike softkey to display
strike data. ‘Cell’ or ‘Strike’ is annunciated in the mode box in the top-right
corner of the Stormscope Page.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level softkeys for the Stormscope
Page.
Appendix
Select the Stormscope Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Or:
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
103
1)
Select the Stormscope Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Stormscope Page Menu. Either ‘Cell Mode’
or ‘Strike Mode’ is highlighted in cyan to indicate the mode to be selected.
3)
Press the ENT Key to select the highlighted mode and remove the menu. To
remove the menu without changing the modes, press the MENU Key or the
CLR Key, or push the FMS Knob.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the Stormscope Page.
2)
Press the Clear Softkey.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Manually clearing Stormscope cell or strike information:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Lightning Data’, then press the ENT
Key.
Or:
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
a)
a)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
b)
Press the MENU Key.
c)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Stormscope Lightning’, then press
the ENT Key.
Displaying Stormscope information on MFD navigation
maps:
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Lightning Softkey.
3)
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map
Page:
1)
On the Navigation Map Page, press theMENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group and press the ENT Key.
104
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Stormscope Mode field. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select ‘Cell’ Mode to display clusters of electrical activity, or
‘Strike’ Mode to show the approximate location of individual lightning strikes.
With the desired mode highlighted, press the ENT Key.
7)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the menu.
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map Page:
2)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Stormscope maximum map display
range distance.
5)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Press the MENU Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Stormscope Lightning’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the MENU Key.
Annunciations
& Alerts
AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR
Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page:
2)
Press the Mode Softkey.
3)
If on the ground, press the Standby Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period
begins with a countdown displayed on the screen. After the warm-up is
complete, the weather radar enters Standby Mode.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Select the ‘Map — Weather Radar’ Page.
Appendix
1)
Additional
Features
Manually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map
Page:
1)
Flight
Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Stormscope maximum display range
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose the maximum map range to display
Stormscope lightning symbols, then press the ENT Key. If the pilot selects a map
range greater than this distance, the system removes lightning symbols from the
map.
Audio Panel
and CNS
5)
EIS
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Stormscope On/Off field. Turn the
small FMS Knob to enable/disable the Stormscope overlay.
Flight
Instruments
4)
105
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
4)
Press the Weather Softkey. If the on the ground, a confirmation window
appears. Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Yes’ to confirm activation or ‘No’ to
cancel activation
5)
Turn the Joystick to select the desired map range.
6)
The horizontal scan is initially displayed. If desired, press the Vertical Softkey to
change to vertical scan mode.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft’s wings
level to avoid the need to constantly adjust the position of the Bearing Line.
1)
While in Horizontal Scan view, press the BRG Softkey. This places the cursor in
the ‘Bearing’ field and displays the Bearing Line.
Or:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob or move the Joystick left or right to position the
Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or area to be vertically scanned.
3)
Press the VerticalSoftkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is displayed.
4)
With the cursor still in the ‘Bearing’ field, turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the
bearing as needed.
5)
To remove the cursor from the ‘Bearing’ field, press the FMS Knob.
6)
Turn the Joystick as needed to adjust the range.
7)
To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the Horizon Softkey to
return to the Horizontal scan mode and repeat the previous steps.
Adjusting antenna tilt angle on the Horizontal Scan
display:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the ‘Tilt’ field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob or press the Joystick up or down to select the desired
antenna tilt angle.
3)
Press the ENT Key to accept the setting.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Menu Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Show Bearing
Line’. Then press the ENT Key.
106
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
While in Horizontal Scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the bearing
line. The cursor highlights the setting in the ‘Bearing’ field.
2)
Move the Joystick left or right or turn the small FMS Knob to position the
bearing line over the storm cell or area to be vertically scanned.
3)
Press the Vertical Softkey, and the system displays a vertical scan.
4)
If desired, move the Joystick left or right or turn the small FMS Knob to make
additional adjustments to the ‘Bearing’ field.
5)
Turn the Joystick as needed to adjust the range.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor from the ‘Bearing’ field.
7)
To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the Horizon Softkey to
return to the Horizontal Scan mode, then repeat the previous steps.
EIS
1)
Flight
Management
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desired level. The gain
setting is visible in the ‘Gain’ field as a moveable horizontal bar in a flashing
box. A pointer with a solid bar represents the calibrated gain setting in the field.
3)
With the gain set at the desired level, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
4)
To return to the calibrated gain setting, press the Gain Softkey again.
‘Calibrated’ appears in the ‘Gain’ field.
Move the Joystick left or right or turn the small FMS Knob to position the
Bearing Line to the position which will define the center of the sector scan.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Sector Scan’ field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the sector scan width in 20 degree
increments, or select ‘Full’ to select the full scan width.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
2)
Appendix
While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing
Line, which also places the cursor in the ‘Bearing’ field.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Enabling/disabling Sector Scanning:
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Press the Gain Softkey to activate the cursor in the ‘Gain’ field.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
WARNING: Always position the weather radar gain setting to Calibrated for
viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. Changing the gain in weather mode
causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the
true intensity.
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Adjusting weather radar gain:
107
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
5)
If desired, move the Joystick left or right to move the center position of the
sector scan.
6)
To remove the Bearing Line and cursor, press the BRG Softkey again. The
bearing reference is reset to zero degrees.
Enabling/disabling Antenna Stabilization:
1)
Press the Features Softkey.
2)
Press the STAB Softkey to enable/disable antenna stabilization. The current
stabilization status is shown in the upper right on the Weather Radar Page.
Enabling/disabling the WATCH feature:
1)
Press the Features Softkey.
2)
Press the WATCH Softkey to enable/disable the WATCH feature.
Operating the Weather Radar in Ground Map Mode on the
Weather Radar Page:
1)
Press the Mode Softkey.
2)
Press the Ground Softkey to place the weather radar in Ground Map mode.
3)
Press the Back softkey to return to the top-level Weather Radar Page Softkeys.
4)
To adjust the antenna tilt angle, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Tilt’ field.
6)
Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display ground
returns at the desired distance.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/disabling the airborne weather radar overlay on
the Navigation Map Page:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the WX RadarSoftkey.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level MFD softkeys.
Or:
1)
On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group, then press the ENT
Key.
108
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through product selections, and highlight the
Weather Radar overlay selection ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Turn the small FMS Knob to
highlight the desired selection.
5)
To remove the menu, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
EIS
TERRAIN DISPLAYS
Press the Map Opt Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the Map/HSI Softkey).
2)
Press the TER Softkey as needed to cycle through the terrain options, with the
current selection displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘Topo’ or ‘REL’). ‘REL’
indicates relative terrain is selected.
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Select the Navigation Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation
Map Page:
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Displaying relative terrain information (MFD maps other
than the terrain page)
1)
Flight
Instruments
4)
• Terrain Display – Enables the display of relative (‘REL’) terrain data or select ‘Off’
to disable; also sets maximum map range at which terrain is shown.
maximum range at which point obstacles are shown
maximum range at which wire obstacles are shown
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the
changed settings.
Appendix
6)
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Wire Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of wire obstacle data and sets
Abnormal
Operation
• Point Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of point obstacle data and sets
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
109
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Displaying the terrain page:
1)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B
Page.
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’
(choice dependent on the current state), then press the ENT Key.
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the VSD.
Or:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ (choice dependent
on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1)
Select the Navigation MapPage.
2)
Press the Inset Softkey.
3)
Press the VSD Softkey, which displays the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey selects a mode: FPL (Flight Plan), TRK (track), or Auto.
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the ‘Map
- Navigation Map’ Page:
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘VSD’ group, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Track Mode Boundary ‘On’ or ‘Off’
field. Turn the small FMS Knob if needed to change this setting.
110
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the maximum map range to display the
Track Mode Boundary. Turn the small FMS Knob to select a maximum range,
then press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Select the terrain page.
2)
Press the Inhibit Softkey. FLTA alerting is inhibited when softkey annunciator is
green.
Flight
Management
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired inhibit or enable option, then press
the ENT Key.
TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
Select the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Select the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the navigation map.
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset
Map or HSI Map:
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the TrafficSoftkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on the
Inset Map or HSI Map.
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
2)
Appendix
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
1)
AFCS
Enabling/disabling traffic overlays (MFD navigation maps):
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
EIS
Inhibiting/enabling FLTA Alerting (Terrain SVT and TAWS-B
only):
Flight
Instruments
6)
111
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
EIS
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with
the option to turn off)
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page
with the changed settings.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
Press the TIS OPER Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT
Key.
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the TNA Mute Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of
the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a)
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off)
and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Or:
112
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Switching between TIS modes:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Standby or Operate Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is
displayed in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
b)
Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Audio Panel
and CNS
a)
Flight
Management
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC
Testing the Traffic System:
2)
Turn the Joystick to adjust the map range to 2 NM for the inner range ring, and
6 NM for the outer range ring. This ensures the full traffic test pattern is
depicted on the map.
3)
If the traffic system is Operating Mode, press the Standby or TAS Standby
Softkey.
4)
Press the Test Softkey.
AFCS
Select the Traffic Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Or:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the MENU Key and turn the FMS Knob
highlight ‘Test Mode’.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting a TAS/TCAS I Operating Mode:
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
To select Standby Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired mode and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
1)
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
1)
113
3)
Press the Operate or TAS OPER Softkey to select Operating Mode.
4)
Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey to select Standby Mode.
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map
Page:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
AFCS
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
Additional
Features
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Selecting a display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to
decrease the map range.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
the option to turn off
114
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD navigation
maps):
Audio Panel
and CNS
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map
Page:
Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
AFCS
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
Additional
Features
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
• TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Appendix
6)
Annunciations
& Alerts
the option to turn off
Abnormal
Operation
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
115
Enabling/disabling traffic information on PFD navigation
maps:
1)
With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
ADS-B TRAFFIC
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the ADS-B Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘ADS-B On’
or ‘ADS-B Off’.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to ensure full
test pattern display.
3)
Ensure the the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
4)
If the optional TAS/TCAS I is installed, ensure the TAS STBY Softkey is enabled.
5)
Press the Test Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
a)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test Mode’.
b)
Press the ENT Key.
Changing the altitude range:
1)
On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2)
Select one of the following softkeys:
Index
Appendix
a)
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
116
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
Flight
Instruments
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above
EIS
the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of
flight.
• Below:Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet
below the aircraft.
To return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the Back Softkey.
Flight
Management
3)
Audio Panel
and CNS
aircraft to 9000 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of
flight.
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight one of the following options (see softkey
description in step 2 above):
• Above
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
• Normal
AFCS
• Below
• Unrestricted
Press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
3)
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press one of the following softkeys:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute direction.
• Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft
• Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
5)
Press the MENU Key.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Relative Motion’, ‘Absolute Motion’ or
‘Motion Vector Off’.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
4)
117
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected
time:
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the Motion Softkey.
3)
Press the Duration Softkey.
4)
Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5)
When finished, press the Back Softkey to return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob. The first selected traffic symbol is highlighted in cyan.
Additional information appears in a window in the upper-right corner of the
‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
3)
To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob until the selected
aircraft traffic symbol is highlighted.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1)
Turn the Joystick.
2)
The following range options are available:
• 500 feet
• 500 feet and 1000 feet
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Showing additional traffic information:
• 1000 feet and 2000 feet
• 2000 feet and 1 nm
Annunciations
& Alerts
• 1 and 2 nm
• 2 and 6 nm
• 6 and 12 nm
Appendix
• 12 and 24 nm
• 24 and 40 nm
Index
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
118
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
EIS
Activating The Flight Director
Modes Selected
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Roll Hold (default)
PIT
CWS Button
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Roll Hold (default)
PIT
GA Button
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on Ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
VNV Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path
Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Backcourse***
BC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Approach**
FMS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Appendix
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight
director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active
FMS course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key
press activates flight director.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations
& Alerts
BC Key
APR Key
Abnormal
Operation
ROL
Additional
Features
Roll Hold (default)
AFCS
FD Key
Vertical
Hazard
Avoidance
Lateral
Flight
Management
Control
Pressed
Audio Panel
and CNS
An initial press of a key listed in the table below (when the flight director is not
active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes. The flight
director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the displays
by pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is
engaged.
119
VERTICAL MODES
Vertical Modes
The following table lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and
annunciations. The mode reference is displayed next to the active mode annunciation for
Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Wheel
can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold,
Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges
of values for each of these references using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel are also listed in the
table.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
120
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Annunciatio
n
Referen
ce
Range
Referenc
e
Change
Increme
nt
Pitch Hold
Holds the current
aircraft pitch
attitude; may be
used to climb/
descend to the
Selected Altitude
(defau
lt)
PIT
-15° to
+25°
0.5°
Selected
Altitude
Capture
Captures the
Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Altitude Hold
Holds the current
Altitude
Reference
ALT
Key
ALT
nnnn
n ft
Vertical Speed
Maintains the
current aircraft
vertical speed;
may be used to
climb/descend to
the Selected
Altitude
VS
Key
VS
nnnn
fpm
-4000 to
+3000
fpm
100 fpm
Flight Level
Change, IAS
Hold
Maintains the
current aircraft
airspeed while
the aircraft is
climbing/
descending to
the Selected
Altitude
FLC
Key
FLC
nnn
kt
80 to
265 kt
1 kt
Audio Panel
and CNS
Contr
ol
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Vertical Mode
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
LATERAL MODES
The following table relates each Garmin AFCS lateral mode to its respective control and
annunciation. Refer to the combination modes section for information regarding Go
Around and Takeoff modes.
Appendix
Lateral Modes
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
121
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Description
Control
Annuncia
tion
Maximu
m Roll
Comman
d Limit
Roll Hold
Holds the current
aircraft roll attitude
or rolls the wings
level, depending on
the commanded
bank angle
(default)
ROL
25°
Low Bank
Limits the maximum
commanded roll
angle
BANK
Key
*
15°
Heading Select
Captures and tracks
the Selected
Heading
HDG Key
HDG
25°
Navigation, FMS Arm/
Capture/Track
Captures and tracks
the selected
navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
FMS
25°
Navigation, VOR
Enroute Arm/Capture/
Track
Captures and tracks
the selected
navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
VOR
25°
Navigation, LOC Arm/
Capture/Track (No
Glideslope)
Captures and tracks
the selected
navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
NAV Key
LOC
25°
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Lateral Mode
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is
indicated in green along the Roll Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation,
Backcourse, or Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected
Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
COMBINATION MODES (VNV, APR, NAV, GA)
Index
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA)
The following table lists the modes that operating by using both Vertical and Lateral
Modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations.
122
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Description
Captures and
tracks descent legs
of an active
vertical profile
VNV
Key
VPTH
VNV Target
Altitude
Capture
Captures the
Vertical Navigation
(VNV) Target
Altitude
*
ALTV
Glidepath
Captures and
tracks the SBAS
glidepath on
approach
Glideslope
Captures and
tracks the ILS
glideslope on
approach
Backcourse
Arm/Capture/
Track
Captures and
tracks a localizer
signal for
backcourse
approaches
Flight
Management
APR
Key
Hazard
Avoidance
GS
AFCS
BC Key
25°
Capture
10 Track
FMS
25°
Abnormal
Operation
BC
Additional
Features
VAPP
APR
Key
25°
Capture
10 Track
°
Appendix
LOC
Annunciations
& Alerts
Approach, ILS
Arm/Capture/
Track
(Glideslope
Mode
automatically
armed)
Captures and
tracks the selected
navigation source
(FMS, VOR, LOC)
Audio Panel
and CNS
GP
Approach, FMS
Arm/Capture/
Track
Approach, VOR
Arm/Capture/
Track
Refere
nce
Range
EIS
Vertical Path
Tracking
Maximu
m Roll
Comma
nd Limit
Flight
Instruments
Mode
Annunciati
Control
on
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
123
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
Mode
Maximu
m Roll
Comma
nd Limit
Refere
nce
Range
GA
Button
TO
10°
Go Around
Disengages the
autopilot and
commands a
constant pitch
angle and wings
level in the air
GA
Button
GA
10°
EIS
Takeoff
Disengages the
autopilot and
commands a
constant pitch
angle and wings
level on the
ground in
preparation for
takeoff
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Description
Annunciati
Control
on
AFCS
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be
captured instead of Selected Altitude.
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers as
well as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
PROCEDURES
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the
following steps:
1)
Firmly grasp the control wheel.
2)
Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and power is
removed from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all primary servo
motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural alerting indicating
autopilot disconnect.
3)
Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4)
Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and
solenoid components.
5)
Release the AP DISC Switch.
124
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Automatic Flight Control System
Audio Panel
and CNS
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic
trim to run, resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the
stop if the action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated control
forces are required after the autopilot is disengaged.
EIS
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force
applied to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of
pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to
run to an out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force
to the controls should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Flight
Instruments
Overpowering Autopilot Servos
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be
overpowered.
2)
Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
125
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Automatic Flight Control System
BLANK PAGE
126
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI
EIS
Configuring SafeTaxi Range
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Map Settings’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the smallFMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Aviation’ Group options to
SafeTaxi.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi
display range.
7)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
CHARTS
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST-Nearest Airport’ Page, or
‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Options’ Menu to Charts.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Annunciations
& Alerts
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
Additional
Features
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
127
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Flight
Management
Navigation Map Page Options Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu
Figure 16 Option Menus
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner No Available Charts
appears on the screen. The No Available Charts banner does not refer to the
FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart
selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Figure 17 Chart Not Available Banner
Additional
Features
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an
individual chart), the banner Unable To Display Chart is then displayed.
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 18 Unable To Display Chart Banner
Annunciations
& Alerts
When a chart is not available by pressing the Charts Softkey or selecting a Page
Menu Option, charts may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or
Flight Plan Pages.
Appendix
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the
active flight plan, the chart appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active,
or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the Charts Softkey
displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
Index
The chart shown is one associated with the ‘WPT–Airport Information’ page.
Usually this is the airport runway diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but
Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page appears. If
Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is
shown.
128
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
While viewing the ‘Map-Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page, or
‘NRST-Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Chart Softkey. The airport diagram or
approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT-Airport Information’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Approach’ Box. (Press the APR Softkey if the ‘Approach’ Box is not currently
shown).
4)
Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Approach’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9)
Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Selecting a chart
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Chart Scale
Appendix
Figure 19 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
While the Approaches Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys are
blank. Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and
129
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers
the chart on the screen.
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the
aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not
displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If the Chart Scale Box
displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft
Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to
scale.
Flight
Management
Pressing the Chart Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the
associated map in the WPT page group. In the example shown, the Chart
Softkey switches between the Gainesville, FL (KGNV) Airport Diagram and the
navigation map on the ‘WPT–Airport Information’ page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the
view is on a different chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the
Info 1 or Info 2 Softkey has no effect. The aircraft position is shown in
magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within
the chart boundaries.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Another source for additional airport information is from the Info Box above the
chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the Info 1 or
Info 2 Softkey. When the Info Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys
are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline
Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in
parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
130
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Aircraft
Current
Position
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 20 Airport Information Page, Info View, Full Screen Width
AFCS
In the example shown in following figure, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing
the ENT Key displays the Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
131
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
AFCS
Figure 21 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from Info
View
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Additional
Features
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if
available.
Abnormal
Operation
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if
available.
Annunciations
& Alerts
- Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information,
and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the SiriusXM Data Link
Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when a SiriusXM
Data Link Receiver is installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
Index
Appendix
- Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the
ChartView database. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM
information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS are not
available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the
chart page selections. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS
information.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
132
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the
displayed Jeppesen chart are available when the NOTAM Softkey is pressed.
There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the flight that may not be
displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen database
published NOTAMs.
Selecting Additional Information
Audio Panel
and CNS
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Airport, Info, Runways, or Frequencies
Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Info Box choices. If multiple choices are
available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
AFCS
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart
selection softkeys. The full screen view can also be selected by using the page
menu option.
Hazard
Avoidance
While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the Full SCN Softkey to display
the information windows (Airport, Info).
Flight
Management
1)
Selecting full screen On or Off:
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the ‘Full Screen’ and ‘Color Scheme’
Options.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the ‘On’ and ‘Off’ ‘Full Screen’
Options.
Annunciations
& Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’
Options.
Additional
Features
1)
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
133
Chart Setup Option
Day/Night View
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night
viewing. The Day View offers a better presentation in a bright environment. The
Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark environment. When
the Chart Setup Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
1)
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’
Options.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu Option and press
the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Full Screen On/Off Selection
Figure 22 Page Menus
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
134
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 23 Page Menu Chart Setup
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Color Scheme’ Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, and ‘Night’ Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The percentage
value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting
intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes
when the display backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
Additional
Features
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This
may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range.
Abnormal
Operation
6)
AFCS
3)
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the ‘Chart Setup’ Menu.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
135
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 25 Arrival Information Page, Night View
FliteCharts
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts.
The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the
chart when the current position is within the boundaries of the chart. Not all charts are
geo-referenced. These charts will display an Aircraft Not Shown Icon in the lower right
corner of the MFD.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 24 Arrival Information Page, Day View
136
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Figure 26 Aircraft Not Shown Icon
- Arrivals (STAR)
Hazard
Avoidance
- Departure Procedures (DP)
Flight
Management
The FliteCharts database subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes:
Audio Panel
and CNS
An aircraft symbol may be displayed within an off-scale area depicted on some charts.
Off-scale areas are indicated by the grey shading. Note, these areas are not shaded on the
published chart. These off-scale areas appear on the chart to convey supplemental
information. However, the depicted geographical position of this information, as it relates
to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic position. Therefore, when the aircraft
symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is relative to the
chart planview, not to the off-scale area.
- Approaches
- Airport Diagrams
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page. Initially,
information for the airport closest to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
3)
If necessary, press the Info softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Both Airport Directories are available for downloading at flygarmin.com. However, copy
only one of the databases to the Supplemental Data Card. The system cannot recognize
both databases simultaneously.
Abnormal
Operation
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) and optional AC-U-KWIK Airport
Directory databases offer detailed information regarding services, hours of operation,
lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport Information Page by
pressing the Info Softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Additional
Features
Airport Directory
AFCS
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced
aircraft symbol.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
137
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Modifying the Chart Settings:
1)
Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Display VFR’ Field, the ‘Display IFR Low’
Field, or the ‘Display IFR High’ Field.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The selected chart is displayed.
Selecting IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts:
Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
Press the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Softkey to display the desired chart.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Select ‘Display VFR’, ‘Display IFR Low’ or ‘Display IFR High’ to display the desired
chart.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 27 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
138
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
Using SiriusXM Radio
EIS
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment
features of the SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed ‘Aux — XM Information’ Page.
3)
Press the Radio Softkey to show the ‘Aux — XM Radio’ Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Flight
Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Active Channel and Channel List
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for
the selected category. Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected
directly by channel number.
AFCS
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
Hazard
Avoidance
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel
that the SiriusXM Radio is using.
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the CH+Softkey to go up through the list in the ‘Channels’ Box, or move
down the list with the CH–Softkey.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob
to scroll through the channels.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Selecting a channel directly:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
1)
While on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the ‘Active Channel’ Box is
highlighted.
3)
Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly
select the desired channel number.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Appendix
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
139
Selecting a category:
1)
Press the Category Softkey on the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page.
2)
Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired
category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting All
Categories places all channels in the list.
Setting a preset channel number:
1)
On the ‘Aux-XM Radio’ Page, while listening to an ‘Active Channel’ that is
wanted for a preset, press the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
2)
Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6 – Preset 10),
and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 – Preset 15). Pressing the
More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3)
Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number to the
active channel.
4)
Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a
preset.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND SMS MESSAGING
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Pressing the Back Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system
to the top level softkeys.
140
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 28 Select Disable Iridium Transmission
Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
6)
To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 3, then select ‘Enable
Iridium Transceiver’.
AFCS
5)
Viewing the Telephone Page:
Additional
Features
The phone status display gives a graphical representation of the current
disposition of voice and/or data transmissions.
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ or ‘Aux - Text
Messaging’ Page.
3)
If necessary, press the Phone Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
External Phone
Annunciations
& Alerts
Internal Phone
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Description
Phone is Idle
Appendix
Phone is ringing
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or
connected to another phone
141
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Internal Phone
External Phone
Description
Phone dialed is busy
EIS
Phone is dialing another phone
Audio Panel
and CNS
Phone has failed
Phone status not known
Flight
Management
Phone is disabled
Hazard
Avoidance
Phone is reserved for data transmission
AFCS
Calling other phone or incoming call from
other phone
Other phone is on hold
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Phones are connected
Table 5 Telephone Symbols
Entering a new contact:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact Details’
window.
4)
Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
6)
Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through the
alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller
or the MFD.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
142
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through the
alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller
or the MFD.
9)
Press the ENT Key. The Save button is highlighted.
EIS
10) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved contacts.
Flight
Instruments
8)
Deleting a contact:
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Select the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
Flight
Management
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 29 Editing a Contact
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Select the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the
desired changes. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on
the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Editing a contact:
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
143
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
4)
Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now
highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page
2)
Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
3)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
4)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’.
5)
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
1)
Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
Pressing the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the
call unanswered. Pressing the Phone Softkey will display the ‘Aux-Telephone’
Page allowing additional call information to be viewed before answering.
Muting incoming call alerts:
1)
With the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD to
display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Incoming Call Alerts’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now when
an incoming call is received.
Making an external call:
1)
Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Answering an incoming call in the cockpit:
144
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 30 Enter Phone Number
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Iridium’.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor has now moved to the phone number entry field.
Additional
Features
The International dialing sequence is necessary to place a call from the cockpit
to an external phone: Country Code + City/Area Code (if any) + Telephone
Number. The following country codes may be used when calling other satellite
telephone systems.
AFCS
3)
Satellite System Country Code
870
ICO
8810 or 8811
8812 or 8813
8816 or 8817
Globalstar
8818 or 8819
Annunciations
& Alerts
Ellipso
Iridium
Abnormal
Operation
Inmarsat
Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by pressing the number
softkeys on the MFD.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
Appendix
5)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
145
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 31 System is Making the Connection
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
When the phone is answered, the connection is established. To exit the call,
press the Hangup Softkey.
Index
Figure 32 Phone is Answered, Connection Complete
146
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the
Contact List:
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of
contacts.
4)
Select the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number associated
with the contact name is dialed.
EIS
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Put Current Call On Hold’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
1)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Placing a call on hold:
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Press the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
AFCS
The cockpit phone is now isolated from the call. This figure illustrates a call
between the cockpit and an external phone in which the cockpit phone has
been put on hold. Press the Hold Softkey again to resume the call.
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ or ‘Aux-Text Messaging’
Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
Additional
Features
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
147
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 33 Text Messaging Page
Message Symbol
Description
Received text message that has not been opened
AFCS
Received text message that has been opened
Additional
Features
Saved text message, draft not sent
System is sending text message
Abnormal
Operation
Text message has been sent
System failed to send text message
Table 6 Text Message Symbols
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1)
With the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the
MFD to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message Popups’ or
‘Enable New Message Popups’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an incoming
text message is received.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Predefined text message
148
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 34 Disabling New Text Message Pop-Ups
Flight
Management
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Reply To Message’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Sending a new text message:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
Additional
Features
1)
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
a)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
149
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 35 Composing a New Text Message
The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in the
‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry can be
accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described
in step 2.
5)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the Send Softkey to send the message immediately, or press the Save
Softkey to save the message in Outbox for sending at a later time. Press the
Cancel Softkey to delete the message.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
2)
Sending a New Text Message/Email to a Saved Contact:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Select either the Text Email Softkey to send to the email address saved for the
contact or Text Phone Softkey to send to the phone number saved for the
150
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Enter the desired message, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Confirm you wish to send the message by pressing the ENT Key with ‘Yes’
highlighted. Select ‘No’ to return to the message entry field and either select
the Cancel Softkey to delete the message or select the Save Softkey to save the
message as a draft.
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to display
the Page Menu.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Creating a predefined text message:
EIS
4)
Flight
Instruments
contact. The cursor is placed in the ‘To’ field. Confirm the contact you wish to
send a message to by pressing the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Figure 36 Creating/Editing Predefined Messages
Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4)
Press the New Softkey.
Additional
Features
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Predefined
Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now
displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
a)
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
151
Figure 37 Composing a Predefined Message
5)
The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message title. Entry
can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
7)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described
in step 5.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the
displayed list. Pressing the Cancel Softkey will delete the message without
saving.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Index
Appendix
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Cancel Drafting Message’.
12) Press the ENT Key.
Sending a predefined text message:
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
2)
The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the cursor in
the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry can be
accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or
152
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the Predefined Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is
displayed.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the message
field. If desired, the message can be edited by using the FMS Knobs.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
Flight
Management
4)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
EIS
3)
Flight
Instruments
combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The
FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered
from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to
create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be
accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Inbox Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Show Inbox messages:
Or:
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Inbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
Additional
Features
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
AFCS
1)
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
153
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Figure 38 Text Message Inbox
Show Outbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Outbox Softkey.
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Outbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
Show Draft messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Drafts Softkey.
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Draft Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the
bottom left of the list window.
Index
Appendix
Or:
154
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Time Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
Or:
EIS
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Date/Time’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window.
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Type’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Type Softkey.
Audio Panel
and CNS
1)
AFCS
Viewing messages sorted by address:
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Address’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the
list window..
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, select the desired message box.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
4)
Press the View Softkey.
Appendix
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Viewing the content of a text message:
Abnormal
Operation
1)
Additional
Features
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then
press the Address Softkey.
Or:
Index
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
155
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘View Selected Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
EIS
Message content is displayed.
5)
To close the text message, press the Close Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Or:
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Close Message’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
Marking selected message as read:
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob
to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the MRK Read Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Or:
a)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark Selected Message As
Read’.
c)
Press the ENT Key.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
Marking all messages as read:
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU
Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As Read’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols now
indicate all the message have been opened.
Deleting a message:
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob
to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey.
156
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Delete Selected Message’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
Or:
EIS
CONNEXT SETUP
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewing the Connext Setup Page:
Flight
Management
The mobile device must be ‘paired’ with the system in order to use the various functions.
Pairing is accomplished by first placing the system in pairing mode by displaying the
Connext Setup Page. The system is ‘discoverable’ whenever this page is displayed. The
pairing operation is completed from the mobile device and the Garmin Pilot application. See
the device Bluetooth pairing instructions and the connection instructions in the Garmin Pilot
application.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The Connext Setup Page allows for setting up the installed optional Flight Stream device
for a Bluetooth connection between the system and a mobile device running the Garmin
Pilot™ application.
Changing the Bluetooth Name:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3)
Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character
field, and the small FMS Knob select the desired alphanumeric character for
that field.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
Abnormal
Operation
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
Additional
Features
1)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Enabling/Disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
Appendix
1)
157
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Enabling/Disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin
Pilot:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific
Paired Device:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’. Selecting ‘Enabled’
allows the system to automatically connect to a previously paired device when
detected.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Remove a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired
Devices:
1)
While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3)
Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4)
If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes’.
5)
Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
SURFACEWATCH
Inhibit/Uninhibit SurfaceWatch:
1)
Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
158
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMSKnob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination
Airport field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to input the desired Origin or Destination Airport.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Entering Origin/Destination Airport:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selecting Origin/Destination Runway:
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMSKnob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing
Runway field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing
Runway. As the small FMS Knob is turned, the preview of the selected runway
or landing runway is also displayed.
Flight
Management
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting Required Takeoff/Landing Distance:
Press the FMSKnob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the ‘REQD Takeoff DIS’ or
‘REQD Landing DIS’ field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the required takeoff or landing distance. Upon
pressing the FMS Knob and committing the required takeoff or landing
distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient runway
length exists.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
AFCS
1)
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP)
Annunciations
& Alerts
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, Vmo, Mmo,
and/or angle of attack) beyond the normal flight parameters. Enhanced stability for each
condition is provided by applying a force to the appropriate control surface to return the
aircraft to the normal flight envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control
movement in the undesired direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude, high
airspeed, or when a stall is imminent.
Appendix
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
159
Index
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP™) is an optional feature that is intended to
discourage the exceedance of attitude, established airspeed and angle of attack parameters.
This feature will only function when the aircraft is above 200 feet AGL and the autopilot is
not engaged.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
As the aircraft deviates further from the normal attitude, angle of attack, or airspeed
continues to increase, the force increases (up to an established maximum) to encourage
control movement in the direction necessary to return to the normal attitude and/or airspeed
range. Except in the case of high airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force remains
constant up to the maximum engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement limit,
forces are no longer applied. There is no maximum engagement related to a high airspeed
condition.
When ESP has been engaged for more than ten seconds (cumulative; not necessarily
consecutive seconds) of a 20-second interval, the autopilot is automatically engaged with the
flight director in Level Mode, bringing the aircraft into level flight. An aural “Engaging
Autopilot” alert is played and the flight director mode annunciation will indicate ‘LVL’ for
vertical and lateral modes.
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding either the Control Wheel Steering
(CWS) or Autopilot Disconnect (AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT) switch. Upon releasing the
CWS or AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT switch, ESP force will again be applied, provided
aircraft attitude, angle of attack and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement
limits. ESP can also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.
ESP can be enabled or disabled on the ‘Aux-System Setup 2’ Page on the MFD.
ESP is automatically enabled on system power up.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Enabling/Disabling ESP:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, select the SETUP 2 Softkey to display the Aux-System Setup 2
Page. If the Aux-System Setup 2 is already displayed, proceed to step 4.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
Index
Appendix
Accessing and Navigating Checklist
1)
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Group’ field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Checklist’ field.
160
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Additional Features
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The
selected checklist item is indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The
line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next
line item is automatically selected for checking.
Flight
Instruments
5)
EIS
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
8)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
Hazard
Avoidance
10) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Flight
Management
7)
Audio Panel
and CNS
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
Accessing Emergency Checklist
Press the EMER Softkey.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist
item. The line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it.
The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed
in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all items in the
checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be displayed in
yellow text.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
Appendix
5)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey
or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
AFCS
1)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
161
8)
Press the Return Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
9)
Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
162
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL OPERATION
REVERSIONARY MODE
Audio Panel
and CNS
System Power-up
EIS
This section discusses powering up the system, normal and reversionary display
operation, annunciations, system status, air data and attitude heading reference system
(AHRS) modes of operation, and GPS receiver operation.
NOTE: See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for specific procedures
concerning avionics power application and emergency power supply operation.
Additional
Features
When the MFD powers up, the MFD Power-up Screen displays the following
information:
AFCS
When powering up the system, test annunciations are displayed and key annunciator
lights also become momentarily illuminated on the audio panel and the display bezels. On
the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and an alignment message is displayed. All system
annunciations should disappear typically within one minute of power-up.
Hazard
Avoidance
The system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly
from electrical busses. The PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both poweron and continuous built-in test features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, and
external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
Flight
Management
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific
annunciations and alerts.
• System version
Abnormal
Operation
• Land database name and version
• Safe Taxi database name and effective dates
Annunciations
& Alerts
• Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and effective dates
• Navigation database name and effective dates
Appendix
• Airport Directory name and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
• IFR/VFR charts database information
Index
• Crew Profile
• Copyright
• Checklist File
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
163
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and
database type. When this information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no
databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to continue.
EIS
Normal Operation
Audio Panel
and CNS
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the
PFD. In reversionary mode, it can be adjusted from the remaining display. (See
the Display Backlighting chapter for more information)
PFD
Flight
Management
In normal mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude,
heading, airspeed, altitude and vertical speed), thereby replacing the traditional flight
instrument cluster. The PFD also offers control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
Hazard
Avoidance
MFD
Additional
Features
AFCS
In normal mode, the right portion of the MFD displays a full-color moving map with
navigation information, while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine
Indication System (EIS).
PFD2
PFD1
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
MFD
Figure 39 Normal Operation
Reversionary Mode
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs.
Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is
presented identically on at least one of the remaining displays. Transition to reversionary
mode should be straightforward for the pilot, for flight parameters are presented in the same
format as in normal mode.
In the event of an MFD failure, the system automatically switches to reversionary
(backup) mode. In reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented on the
remaining display(s) in the same format as in normal operating mode:
164
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
• PFD1 failure — MFD and PFD2 remain in normal mode.
• MFD failure – Both PFDs automatically switch to reversionary mode.
• PFD2 failure – MFD and PFD1 remain in normal mode.
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Reversionary mode can be activated manually by pressing a dedicated reversionary switch
installed in the cockpit. Pressing this switch again deactivates reversionary mode.
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 1-11 Reversionary Mode
Figure 40 Reversionary Mode
Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows:
AFCS
• PFD1 – By pressing the left reversionary switch.
• MFD – By pressing the left or right reversionary switch.
Abnormal
Operation
Should the connection between a PFD and the GIA functions become inoperative, the GIA
can no longer communicate with the PFD (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV and
COM functions provided to the failed PFD or MFD by the GIA are flagged as invalid (red
“X”) on the remaining PFD. The system reverts to backup paths for the AHRS, ADC, Engine/
Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely
automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
Additional
Features
• PFD2 – By pressing the right reversionary switch.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 1-8 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown)
Appendix
Figure 41 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown)
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
165
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
ABNORMAL COM OPERATION
COM Tuning Failure
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is
automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the
failure mode, a red X may appear on the frequency display.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal GPS Conditions
The annunciations listed in the table below can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS
conditions occur. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead
Reckoning Mode.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Annunciation
Location
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
GPS
INTEG OK
Right of HSI
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been
restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Additional
Features
Lower left of
aircraft symbol if
HSI Map is
disabled, or on
aircraft icon if HSI
Map enabled
Abnormal
Operation
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS
integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Dead Reckoning–System is using
projected position rather than GPS
position to compute navigation data and
sequence active flight plan waypoints
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Table 7 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
166
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Figure 42 Example HSI Annunciations
• Current Track Bug
Hazard
Avoidance
In Dead Reckoning Mode, the CDI is removed (when FMS is the selected navigation
source), and the following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
• Wind Data
AFCS
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• FMS bearing pointers
Comparator Annunciations
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences
in the sensors exceed a specified amount, a miscompare annunciation is displayed in
black text on an amber background. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, a
no compare annunciation is displayed with black text on a white background. Refer to the
Appendix A for more information on alerts and annunciations.
Additional
Features
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they
become increasingly inaccurate over time.
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
167
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Miscompare Annunciations
No Compare
Annunciations
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Figure 43 Sensor Comparator Annunciations on the PFD
168
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
ALT
ROL
IAS
ROL
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
No data from one or both heading sensors.
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
Additional
Features
PIT
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
AFCS
HDG
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in
sensors is > 7 knots.
Hazard
Avoidance
ALT
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in
sensors is > 10 knots
Flight
Management
PIT
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
Audio Panel
and CNS
HDG
Condition
EIS
IAS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciatio
n
No data from one or both roll sensors.
Abnormal
Operation
Table 8 Sensor Comparator Annunciations
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated on the upper left center of the PFD. These
annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the PFD
Opt Softkey accesses the Sensors Softkey. Pressing the Sensors Softkey accesses the ADC
and AHRS softkeys These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed on each
PFD. With certain types of sensor failures, the system may make some sensor selections
automatically. The FMS sensor cannot be switched manually.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
169
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Audio Panel
and CNS
Reversionary
Sensor Window
Text
Flight
Management
BOTH ON ADC1
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 44 Reversionary Sensor Annunciation
BOTH ON AHRS1
BOTH ON ADC2
BOTH ON AHRS2
AFCS
BOTH
ON GPS1
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
BOTH
ON GPS2
Appendix
Both PFDs are displaying data from ADC1.
Both PFDs are displaying data from ADC2
Both PFDs are displaying data from AHRS1.
Both PFDs are displaying data from AHRS2
Both PFDs are displaying data from GPS1.
Both PFDs are displaying data from GPS2.
USING ADC1
PFD2 is displaying data from ADC1. Shown while PFD1 is
displaying data from ADC2.
USING ADC2
PFD1 is displaying data from ADC2. Shown while PFD2 is
displaying data from ADC1.
USING AHRS1
PFD2 is displaying data from AHRS1. Shown while PFD1 is
displaying data from AHRS2.
USING AHRS2
PFD1 is displaying data from AHRS2. Shown while PFD2 is
displaying data from AHRS1.
USING
GPS1
USING
GPS2
Index
Condition
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
Table 9 Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
170
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
SVT is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and
traffic inputs. SVT is disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the
display. In case of invalid SVT data, the PFD display reverts to the standard blue-overbrown attitude display.
Flight
Instruments
SVT Troubleshooting
EIS
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
Audio Panel
and CNS
• Heading data
• GPS position data
• 4.9 Arc-second Terrain data
Flight
Management
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
Hazard
Avoidance
SVT in Reversionary Mode
AFCS
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is
enabled when switching to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be
displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD display will be shown in the interim.
Unusual Attitudes
Nose High
Additional
Features
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the
horizon warn of extreme pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator,
starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
Nose Low
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Figure 45 Pitch Attitude Warnings
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
171
Index
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD
is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal
Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and
Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The following
information is removed from each PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
Traffic Annunciations
System Time
Minimum Descent
Altitude/Decision Height
readout
AFCS Annunciations
PFD Setup Menu
Vertical Deviation,
Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
Inset Map
Windows displayed in the
lower right corner of the
PFD:
Altimeter Barometric
Setting
Outside Air Temperature
(OAT)
— References Window
Selected Altitude
ISA temperature deviation
— Nearest Airports
VNV Target Altitude
Wind data
— Flight Plan
Ground Speed
Selected Heading readout
— Messages
True Airspeed
Selected Course readout
— Procedures
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
AFCS
Transponder Status Box
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at
the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also
displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. This is
intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
SVT Unusual Attitudes
172
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
Blue Band
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 46 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
DEAD RECKONING
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
173
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of
satellite measurements needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind
direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy,
other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position awareness until GPS-derived
position data is restored.
Annunciations
& Alerts
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode
may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If
while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data is also lost or not available, the DR function
may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and, consequently, the system
may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no heading and/or
airspeed data available should not be used for navigation.
Abnormal
Operation
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS solution
or is unable to calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning
(DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system uses its last-known position combined with
continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to calculate and display
the aircraft’s current estimated position.
Additional
Features
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN)
phase of flight. In all other phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS
POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system stops using GPS.
AFCS
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent
indications.
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in
amber over the ‘own aircraft’ symbol. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in amber on
the HSI slightly below and to the left of the aircraft symbol on the CDI. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot
will remain coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.)
Furthermore, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using
GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an
estimated position and is displayed as amber text on the display to denote degraded
navigation source information as shown in the following figure. If the VSD Inset is selected
on the MFD, ‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed.
Also, while the system is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available.
Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is
questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
174
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
Distance &
Bearing
EIS
Current
Track
Indicator
Audio Panel
and CNS
Course Deviation
Indicator
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
Flight
Management
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
Hazard
Avoidance
Nav Data Bar
AFCS
All data except
Active Leg, TAS,
and DTK are in
amber
Additional
Features
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Figure 5-91 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
Appendix
Figure 47 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
175
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
BLANK PAGE
176
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
EIS
System Annunciations
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as system equipment
begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of
power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the system should be
serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
Audio Panel
and CNS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red or amber “X” is typically displayed
on windows associated with the failed data. Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook
(POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
Flight
Management
System Annunciation
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to the POH for additional information regarding pilot responses to
these annunciations.
Hazard
Avoidance
The status of detected LRUs can be checked on the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page. Active
LRUs are indicated by green check marks; failed by red ‘X’s. Failed LRUs should be noted
and a service center or Garmin-authorized dealer informed.
Comment
Additional
Features
Air Data, Attitude and Heading Reference System is
aligning.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Display system is not receiving attitude information
from the AHRS (GRS unit).
Appendix
AHRS calibration incomplete or configuration module
failure.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
177
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
System Annunciation
Comment
EIS
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for
navigation use. Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs
during normal operation. AHRS operation may be
degraded if GPS signals are not present (see POH).
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from the
air data computer.
Hazard
Avoidance
Display system is not receiving vertical speed input
from the air data computer.
AFCS
Display system is not receiving valid heading input
from the ADHRS or magnetometer.
Additional
Features
Display system is not receiving altitude input from the
AHRS or magnetometer.
Display system is not receiving valid OAT information
from the air data computer.
Abnormal
Operation
Display system is not receiving valid ISA information
from the air data computer.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Display system is not receiving valid transponder
information.
Other Various Amber/Red
X Indications
A red or amber ‘X’ through any other display field
(such as engine instrumentation fields) indicates that
the field is not receiving valid data.
Index
Appendix
Table 10 System Annunciations
178
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
CAS MESSAGES
CAS Messages
Description
ALTERNATOR FAIL
Alternator has failed
BLEED OVERTEMP
Bleed over temperature
Cabin altitude above 12,000 feet
Landing gear not down and locked
DOOR AJAR
Cabin door is not closed
ENGINE FIRE
Engine fire
A flap system failure has occurred
Fuel imbalance (left wing versus right wing quantity)
FUEL PRESS LOW
Fuel pressure is low
Fuel quantity is in the warning range
GEAR SYS
A component of the gear system has failed.
HYDR PUMP ON
Hydraulic pump is running when it should not be
running
PITOT HEAT FAIL
Both left and right pitot heat have failed
PROP HEAT FAIL
Propeller heat failure
SURF DEICE FAIL
Surface de-ice fail
Aircraft is not configured for takeoff
USP ACTIVE
Underspeed protection is active
Appendix
T/O CONFIG
Annunciations
& Alerts
Generator has failed
Abnormal
Operation
GENERATOR FAIL
Additional
Features
FUEL QTY
AFCS
FUEL IMBALANCE
Windshield heater over-temperature or controller
malfunction
Index
WDSHLD
OVRTMP
Hazard
Avoidance
CHECK GEAR
FLAP FAIL
Flight
Management
CABIN ALT 12K
Audio Panel
and CNS
Message
Table 11 Warning Messages
190–02381–00 Rev. A
EIS
The following annunciations are configured specifically for the Piper M500. Red
annunciation window text signifies warnings, amber signifies cautions, and white signifies
advisories. See the POH for recommended pilot actions.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
179
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Message
BETA
Propeller is operating in Beta mode
CABIN ALT 10K
Cabin altitude is above 10,000 feet
CHECK GEAR
Landing gear not down and locked
CHIP DETECT
Chip detected. Engine oil is contaminated.
CPCS FAIL
Flight
Management
CPCS FAULT
Hazard
Avoidance
FEATHER
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Cabin Pressure Controller has lost ARINC
communication
Propeller is feathered or a failure has occurred in the
feather system
Fire detection system has failed
FUEL FILTER
The fuel filter is contaminated
Fuel imbalance (left wing versus right wing quantity)
FUEL QTY
Fuel quantity is in the caution range
GEAR SYS
A component of the gear system has failed
HYDR PUMP ON
Hydraulic pump is running when it should not be
running. Caution has 15 sec. delay
L PITOT HT FAIL
Left pitot heat has failed
OXYGEN
Appendix
Cabin Pressure Controller has failed or lost ARINC
communication on the ground
FIRE DTECT FAIL
FUEL IMBALANCE
Index
Description
Oxygen system has been turned on
PITOT HEAT OFF
Pitot heat is off
PROP HEAT FAIL
Propeller heat failure
R PITOT HT FAIL
Right pitot heat has failed
STALL HEAT FAIL
The stall heater has been selected on and OAT ≤ 5ºC
STALL WARN FAIL
Failure detected in stall warning system
START ENGAGED
Starter motor energized when engine is running
SURF DEICE FAIL
Surface de-ice fail
Table 12 Caution Messages
180
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
AV1 FAN FAIL
The #1 cooling fan for remote avionics has failed
AV2 FAN FAIL
The #2 cooling fan for remote avionics has failed
EIS
Propeller is operating in Beta mode
BETA
Cabin door is not closed
DOOR AJAR
Audio Panel
and CNS
EMER BLEED ON
Prop is feathered
Propeller is feathered or a failure has occurred in the
feather system
FEATHER
Flight
Management
Fuel temperature is low
FUEL TEMP
Engine ignition is on
L FUEL PUMP ON
Left fuel pump is on.
Maintenance mode is ON.
MFD FAN FAIL
The cooling fan for the MFD has failed
Oxygen system has been turned on
PFD1 FAN FAIL
The cooling fan for PFD1 has failed
PFD2 FAN FAIL
The cooling fan for PFD2 has failed
Right fuel pump is on.
STALL HEAT INHIB
Stall heat is inhibited
START ENGAGED
Starter motor energized
Abnormal
Operation
R FUEL PUMP ON
Additional
Features
OXYGEN
AFCS
MAINTENANCE
MODE ON
Hazard
Avoidance
IGNITION ON
Aircraft is not configured for takeoff
Annunciations
& Alerts
T/O CONFIG
Flight
Instruments
Message
Table 13 Advisory Messages
Appendix
GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER REQUEST STATUS
Abnormal Operations for Garmin Connext Weather
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
181
Index
If the system cannot complete a Connext Data Request, one or more messages will
appear in the Request Status Window.
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request to
reset.
The system has disabled automatic weather data
requests due to excessive errors. Automatic weather
data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather
data request to resume automatic updates.
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
The system will attempt another automatic weather
data request after an error occurred during the previous
request. Timer counts down until the next automatic
request occurs.
Connext Comm Error [1]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the
system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [2]
A communications error has occurred. The system
should be serviced if this error persists.
Connext Comm Error [3]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the
system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [4]
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests
have recently failed, or the an LRU is off-line.
Connext Comm Error [5]
This can occur if an LRU is off-line or not configured, or
the Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not
accessible. Check Iridium signal strength. If this error
persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [6]
A communications error has occurred. It this error
persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [7]
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium
signal strength and re-send the data request.
Connext Comm Error [8]
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
Connext Comm Error [9]
An error occurred while reading or writing data. If the
error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Login Invalid
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext
registration. Contact Garmin through the phone
number listed at its website, www.flygarmin.com..
Connext Server Temp
Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server is temporarily
out of service, but is expected to return to service in
less than 30 minutes.
Connext Server Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server will be out of
service for at least 30 minutes.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Weather Request
Status Message
182
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Invalid Coverage Area
Description
Flight
Instruments
Weather Request
Status Message
EIS
The weather data request coverage area does not
contain at least one of the following: a waypoint, a
flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least
one of the coverage options is enabled (checked) and
contains required criteria, then re-send the data
request.
Request Canceled
The user has cancelled a Connext Data Request.
Request Failed - Try
Again
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data
request.
Hazard
Avoidance
The size of the received weather data has exceeded
system memory limits. Reduce the size of the coverage
area and issue another Connext Data Request to ensure
all available weather data has been received.
AFCS
Table 14 Abnormal Garmin Connext Data Request Status Messages
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
183
Index
While the aircraft is on the ground, the system displays relative terrain 400 feet or more
above the aircraft altitude using red, and terrain at less than 400 feet above aircraft
altitude using black, as shown on the On-Ground Legend. When the aircraft is in the air,
the system displays relative terrain information using red, yellow, green, and black, as
shown on the In-Air Legend. As the aircraft transitions from on-ground to in-air, or from
in-air to on-ground, the display of relative terrain momentarily fades into the
Appendix
The terrain system uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and point obstacles
(with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) present in the databases
relative to aircraft altitude. The system dynamically adjusts these colors as the aircraft
altitude changes, and after takeoff and landing.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Relative Terrain Symbology
Abnormal
Operation
TERRAIN ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
Additional
Features
When the system is operating in Reversionary Mode, only those weather products
which can be displayed on the PFD maps will be available for display. f manual Connext
Data Requests were enabled prior to entering Reversionary Mode, no new weather data
will be retrieved while operating in Reversionary Mode. If automatic Connext Data
Requests were enabled prior to Reversionary Mode operation, the system will continue the
automatic data requests in Reversionary Mode (provided automatic requests have not
been inhibited due to a system error).
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Reduce Request Area
Audio Panel
and CNS
No Connext Subscription The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin
Connext services or the access code is incorrect. Verify
the access code. Contact Garmin via the phone number
listed on its website at www.flygarmin.com..
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
corresponding colors. For Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, if an alert occurs, the relative
terrain colors transition to the In-Air Legend if the On-Ground Legend was shown in
order to provide the pilot with the most information possible.
On-Ground Legend
Figure 48 Relative Terrain Legend
The following figure shows the relative terrain coloring for the Terrain Proximity
system.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
In-Air Legend
100 ft Threshold
Red
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
AFCS
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Figure 49 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
The following figure shows relative terrain coloring for the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B
systems.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
184
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
100 ft Threshold
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
EIS
Red
Flight
Instruments
Projected Flight Path
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
Audio Panel
and CNS
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
The following tables show the relative obstacle coloring used by the terrain systems.
Unlighted Obstacle
> 1000’
AGL
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’
AGL
Obstacle Location
AFCS
< 1000’
AGL
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: The Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Inset Window shows terrain at least
2000 feet below the aircraft altitude as gray.
Flight
Management
Figure 50 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVT or TAWSB Systems
> 1000’
AGL
Abnormal
Operation
Yellow point obstacle is
between the aircraft
altitude to within 250
feet below the aircraft
altitude
Additional
Features
Red point obstacle is at or
above the aircraft altitude
Annunciations
& Alerts
White point obstacle is
more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Table 15 Relative Point Obstacle Symbols and Colors
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
185
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Wire Obstacle
Red wire obstacle is at or above the aircraft
altitude
EIS
Yellow wire obstacle is between the aircraft
altitude to within 250 feet below the aircraft
altitude
Audio Panel
and CNS
White wire obstacle is more than 250 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Flight
Management
Table 16 Relative Wire Obstacles and Colors
Unlighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Lighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Wind Turbine Obstacle Location
Hazard
Avoidance
Red wind turbine obstacle is at or above
the aircraft altitude
AFCS
Yellow wind turbine obstacle is between
the aircraft altitude to within 250 feet
below the aircraft altitude
White wind turbine obstacle is more
than 250 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 17 Relative Wind Turbine Obstacles and Colors
The Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems show potential impacts areas for terrain and
obstacles using yellow and red as shown in the following table.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Wire Obstacle Location
186
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
EIS
Warning
or
Flight
Instruments
Potential Impact Area
Examples
TAWS-B Warning:
Terrain-SVT Warning:
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Caution
or
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 18 Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Potential Impact Area with
Annunciations
Trip Planning Page
‘Map - Navigation Map Page’
Flight Plan Page
Additional
Features
PFD Maps
Abnormal
Operation
Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B
Page
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
Index
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Appendix
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The terrain alert
annunciation appears to the left of the Selected Altitude box on the PFD, and bottom on the
MFD. If the terrain page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To
acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Annunciations
& Alerts
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVT
or TAWS-B software algorithms. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B alerts typically employ a caution
or a warning alert severity level, or both. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
AFCS
The ‘Map - Terrain Proximity’ or ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page is the
principal map page for viewing terrain information. Terrain and obstacle information can
be displayed on the following maps and pages:
187
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Pop-up
Alert
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Alert Annunciation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 51 TAWS-B Alert Annunciations
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Alert Annunciation
Figure 52 TAWS-B Page with Annunciation (After MFD Pop-up Alert
Acknowledgment)
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain—
SVT Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert Voice Alert
(except TerrainSVT Page)
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced
Required Line
Clearance (RLC)
Warning
“Warning; Wire, Wire”
188
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/Terrain—
SVT Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert Voice Alert
(except TerrainSVT Page)
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Imminent Line
Impact Caution
(ILI)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution
(ITI)
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced
Required Line
Clearance
Caution (RLC)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
EIS
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Table 19 Terrain-SVT Alerts Summary
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
189
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Type
PFD/TAWS—B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Excessive
Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Imminent Line
Impact Warning
(ILI)
“Wire Ahead; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Line
Clearance
Warning (RLC)
“Wire, Wire; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution
(ITI)
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
Required
Reduced Line
Clearance (RLC)
Impact Caution
“Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire”
190
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TAWS—B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up
Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
“Wire Ahead; Wire
Ahead”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Premature
Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Audio Panel
and CNS
None
Hazard
Avoidance
None
Flight
Management
Altitude Voice
Callout (VCO)
“500”
EIS
Imminent Line
Clearance Impact
Caution (ILI)
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
“Five-Hundred”
Negative Climb
Rate Caution
(NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
Additional
Features
“Sink Rate”
AFCS
Excessive
Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
Abnormal
Operation
Table 20 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
System Status
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
191
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
During power-up, Terrain-SVT conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and
voice alerts. An voice alert is issued at test completion. Terrain-SVT continually
monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the system issues the voice
alert “Terrain System Failure” along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation. Terrain-SVT
requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.
Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database
coverage area, the annunciation ‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window
and on the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ Page. The voice alert “Terrain System Not Available” is
generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the database
coverage area, the voice alert “Terrain System Available” is generated.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Terrain-SVT
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Type
PFD/Terrain-SVT
Page
Annunciation
Terrain-SVT Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
TERRAIN
TEST
None
None
“Terrain
System Test
OK”
Terrain Alerting
Inhibited
None
None
No FMS Position
NO FMS
POSITION
“Terrain
System Not
Available”*
Excessively
degraded GPS
signal; or Out of
database coverage
area
None
“Terrain
System Not
Available”*
Terrain System Test
Fail; Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid; Invalid
software
configuration; or
System audio fault
TERRAIN
FAIL
“Terrain
System Failure”
TERRAIN
DATABASE
FAILURE
None
EIS
System Test in
Progress
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
System Test Passed
Annunciations
& Alerts
MFD Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid, and TerrainSVT operating with
PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
None
Appendix
Table 21 Terrain-SVT System Status Annunciations
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
Index
TAWS-B
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice
alerts. An voice alert is issued at test completion. The pilot can also manually select a
192
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
TERRAIN-SVT
“TAWS
System Test
OK”
Terrain Alerting
Inhibited
None
None
No FMS Position
NO FMS
POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”*
190–02381–00 Rev. A
None
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
193
Index
None
System Test Passed
Appendix
None
Annunciations
& Alerts
TAWS TEST
System Test in
Progress
Abnormal
Operation
Voice Alert
Additional
Features
TAWS-B Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
AFCS
PFD/TAWS-B
Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
Hazard
Avoidance
During power-up, Terrain-SVT conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and
voice alerts. An voice alert is issued at test completion. Terrain-SVT continually
monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the system issues the
voice alert “Terrain System Failure” along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
Terrain-SVT requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical
accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the
aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation ‘TER N/A’ is generated
in the annunciation window and on the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ Page. The voice alert
“Terrain System Not Available” is generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and
the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the voice alert “Terrain System
Available” is generated.
Flight
Management
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
Audio Panel
and CNS
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy
minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of
the database coverage area, the system displays the ‘TAWS N/A’ annunciation, and
issues the “TAWS Not Available” voice alert. When the GPS signal integrity returns and
the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the system issues the voice alert,
“TAWS Available”
EIS
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity,
hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the
voice alert “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert
annunciation.
Flight
Instruments
TAWS-B system test. The system test option is unavailable when the ground speed
exceeds 30 knots.
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
TAWS-B Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
Excessively
degraded GPS
signal; or Out of
database coverage
area
None
“TAWS Not
Available”*
TAWS-B System
Test Fail; Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid; Invalid
software
configuration; or
System audio fault
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS
System
Failure”
TERRAIN
DATABASE
FAILURE
None
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
MFD Terrain or
Obstacle database
unavailable or
invalid, and TAWS
—B operating with
PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
Table 22 TAWS—B System Status Annunciations
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
PFD/TAWS-B
Page
Annunciation
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain
database coverage area re-entered.
TIS ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
The system performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test,
TIS enters Standby Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the
power up test, an annunciation is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
System Status
194
Traffic Map Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Description
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the
transponder*
DATA FAILED
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
FAILED
The transponder has failed*
FAILED
TIS is unavailable or out of range
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Map Page Center
Banner Annunciation
EIS
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 23 TIS Failure Annunciations
Traffic
Overlay
Status Icon
(Navigation
Maps
Description
Data is not
being received
from the
transponder*
OPERATING
NONE
TIS is
operating and
is receiving
traffic data
from a data
link.
Appendix
TRFC FAIL
Annunciations
& Alerts
NO DATA
Abnormal
Operation
Data is being
received from
the
transponder,
but a failure is
detected in
the data
stream*
Additional
Features
TRFC FAIL
AFCS
DATA FAILED
Hazard
Avoidance
Traffic Map Center
Banner Annunciation
Flight
Management
Traffic Map Mode
Annunciation
Audio Panel
and CNS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is
selected for display on another map while Standby Mode is selected, the traffic display
enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once the aircraft is
airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode
can be changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
195
Traffic Map Mode
Annunciation
Traffic Map Center
Banner Annunciation
Traffic
Overlay
Status Icon
(Navigation
Maps
Description
OPERATING
UNAVAILABLE
STANDBY
STANDBY
TIS is in
Standby
Mode.
UNIT FAILED
TRFC FAIL
The
transponder
has failed*
TIS is
operating, but
the traffic
service is
currently
unavailable or
is out of
reception
range.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
AFCS
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the
lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed, as shown in the following
table.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Table 24 TIS Modes and Status Annunciations
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
TA OFF SCALE
196
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
TA X.X ± XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow
(climbing/descending)
AGE MM:SS
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds If
after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is
removed from the display The quality of displayed traffic
information is reduced as the age increases
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since
last message) The quality of displayed traffic information
is reduced when this message is displayed
TRFC RMVD
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to
60 seconds since last message) Traffic may exist within
the selected display range, but it is not displayed
TRFC FAIL
Traffic data has failed
Audio Panel
and CNS
TRFC COAST
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Traffic has not been detected
TRFC UNAVAIL
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
Flight
Management
NO TRFC DATA
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 25 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC
AFCS
System Status
Mode
Traffic System Test
Initiated
Traffic
Display
Status Icon
(Other
Maps)
Operating
Abnormal
Operation
TEST (‘TEST MODE’ shown in
center of page)
Annunciations
& Alerts
OPERATING
Standby
STANDBY(also shown in
center of page)
FAIL
Appendix
Traffic System Failed*
Additional
Features
Traffic Mode Annunciation (Traffic
Map Page)
* See for the following table for additional failure annunciations
Table 26 Traffic Modes
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
197
Index
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode
cannot be selected.
EIS
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
Data is not being received from the
traffic unit
NO DATA
Data is being received from the traffic
unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
Audio Panel
and CNS
DATA FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the
traffic unit
FAILED
Flight
Management
Description
Table 27 TAS/TCAS I Failure Annunciations
Hazard
Avoidance
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at
the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
TA OFF SCALE
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display
range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic
comes within the selected display range.
Additional
Features
Description
TA X.X ± XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic
Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in
nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Abnormal
Operation
AFCS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TRFC FAIL
Annunciations
& Alerts
NO TRFC DATA
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a
failure or sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Appendix
Table 28 TAS/TCAS I Traffic Status Annunciations
ADS-B TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATIONS/ALERTS
Index
ADS-B System Status
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’
Page.
198
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map
Page)
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
NONE
ADS-B Operating
in Surface Mode
ADS-B:
SURF
NONE
ABS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B:
OFF
ADS-B TRFC
OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not
Available
ADS-B:
N/A
NO
TRK/HDG
ADS-B Failed*
ADS-B:
FAIL
ADS-B TRFC
FAIL
AFCS
ADS-B:
AIRB
Hazard
Avoidance
ADS-B Operating
in Airborne Mode
Flight
Management
TEST MODE
Audio Panel
and CNS
ADS-B:
TEST
EIS
ADS-B System
Test Initiated
Traffic Display
Status Icon (Other
Maps)
* See ‘Traffic Failure Annunciations’ Table for additional failure annunciations
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode
cannot be selected.
Data is not being received from the
traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic
unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
Incorrect data format received from the
traffic unit
Appendix
FAILED
Description
Annunciations
& Alerts
DATA FAILED
Abnormal
Operation
NO DATA
Additional
Features
Table 29 ADS-B Modes
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Mode
Table 30 Traffic Failure Annunciations
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
199
Index
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the
lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display
range*. Annunciation is removed when traffic comes
within the selected display range.
TA X.X±XX
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic
Advisory**. Annunciation indicates distance in nm,
altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude
trend arrow (climbing/descending).
TRFC FAIL
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
TA OFF SCALE
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
NO TRFC DATA
Hazard
Avoidance
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Table 31 Traffic Status Annunciations
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Status
Message
Traffic
Application
Status:
Airborne
(AIRB), Surface
(SURF),
Airborne Alerts
(CSA)
On
Index
Traffic application is currently on. Required
input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Available to Run Traffic application is not currently active, but
application is ready to run when condition(s)
determine the application should be active.
Required input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Not Available
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is available, but it does not meet
performance requirements.
Fault
Traffic application is not available. Required
input data is not available or the application
has failed
Not Configured
Traffic application is not available, because it
has not been configured. If this annunciation
persists, the system should be serviced.
----------------
200
Description
Traffic application status is invalid or
unknown.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Status
Message
TIS-B/ADS-R
Coverage
Available
Description
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B Status
Page Item
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage
from an FAA ground station.
The system is not receiving the ADS-R
coverage from an FAA ground station.
--------------
ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
External #1
The GTX 345R is using the #1 GPS receiver for
the GPS position source.
External #2
The GTX 345R is using the #2 GPS receiver for
the GPS position source.
Number of
minutes, or
‘------’
Displays the number of minutes since the last
uplink from a ground station occurred. If no
uplink has been received, or the status is
invalid, dashes appear instead of a number of
minutes.
Hazard
Avoidance
Ground Uplink
Status: Last
Uplink
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Flight
Management
---------
Audio Panel
and CNS
GPS Status:
GPS Source
EIS
Not Available
Table 32 ‘Aux-ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for ADS-B Traffic
AFCS
VOICE ALERTS
Voice Alert
Alert Trigger
“Airspeed”
Airspeed has exceeded VMO.
Additional
Features
Voice Alerts
The ‘CHECK GEAR’ CAS message has been triggered.
“Minimums, Minimums”
The aircraft has descended below the preset minimum
descent altitude or decision altitude.
Imminent stall is sensed by the stall vane(s).
“Timer Expired”
Countdown timer on the PFD has reached zero.
“TIS not available”
“TAS System Test Passed”
Played when the optional TAS system passes a pilotinitiated self test.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
201
Index
Played when first Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with an
optional TAS System. “Traffic” for each subsequent TA.
“Traffic”
190–02381–00 Rev. A
The aircraft is outside the TIS coverage area (not
available with TAS installed).
Appendix
The Traffic Information Service (TIS) has issued a Traffic
Advisory alert.
“Traffic”
Annunciations
& Alerts
“Stall”
Abnormal
Operation
“Check Gear”
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Trigger
“TAS System Test Fail”
Played when the optional TAS system fails a pilotinitiated self test.
“TCAS One System Test
Passed”
Played when the optional TCAS system passes a pilotinitiated self test.
“TCAS One System Test
Failed”
Played when the optional TCAS system fails a pilotinitiated self test.
“Vertical track”
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent (only if
vertical navigation is enabled).
“Incoming Call”
There is an active, incoming call.
SYSTEM MESSAGES
This section describes various system messages. Certain messages are issued due to an
LRU or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a
corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation as shown previously in the System Annunciation section.
NOTE: his section provides information regarding system messages that may be
displayed by the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions,
and other existing operational priorities must be considered when responding to
a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The POH takes precedence over
any conflicting guidance found in this section.
Additional
Features
Hazard
Avoidance
System Messages
AFCS
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Voice Alert
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Message
Comments
ABORT APR – Loss of
GPS navigation. Abort
approach.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
GDC1 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable.
GDC1 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1
airspeed error correction is unavailable.
unavailable.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The GDC1 should be serviced.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable.
202
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2
airspeed error correction is unavailable.
unavailable.
The GDC2 should be serviced.
EIS
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The cooling fan for the aft remote avionics has failed.
AFT AV FAN FAIL – The
cooling fan for aft avionics
has failed.
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database
versions do not match.
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1
calibration version error.
Srvc req’d.
The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1
config error. Config
service req’d.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving any GPS
information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not
receiving backup GPS
information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
operating exclusively in
no-GPS mode.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Annunciations
& Alerts
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 A failure has been detected in the #1 AHRS. The
needs service. Return unit system should be serviced.
for repair.
Appendix
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of
date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not
receiving valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
203
Index
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1
Magnetic-field model
needs update.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary
GPS path has failed. The system should be serviced
when possible.
Additional
Features
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
using backup GPS source.
Flight
Management
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS
magnetic model database
version mismatch.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2
calibration version error.
Srvc req’d.
The #2 AHRS calibration version error. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS2 CONFIG – AHRS2
config error. Config
service req’d.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not
receiving any GPS
information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system
should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not
receiving backup GPS
information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
operating exclusively in
no-GPS mode.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
using backup GPS source.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary
GPS path has failed. The system should be serviced
when possible.
AHRS2 SERVICE – AHRS2 A failure has been detected in the #2 AHRS. The
needs service. Return unit system should be serviced.
for repair.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2
Magnetic-field model
needs update.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of
date. Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not
receiving valid airspeed.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
APR ADVISORY – SBAS
VNAV not available.
SBAS VNAV not available. Check GPS sensor.
APR DWNGRADE – Apr
downgraded.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable,
use LNAV only minimums.
APR INACTV – Approach
is not active.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach
is not active. Activate approach when required.
ARSPC AHEAD –
Airspace ahead less than
10 minutes.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft
will penetrate the airspace within 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near – less than 2 nm.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft
position.
204
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
AUDIO MANIFEST Audio software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GMA has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
EIS
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft
position.
Flight
Instruments
Message
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace
near and ahead.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC1 / [LOC ID] localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
is [CRS]°.
Flight
Management
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
is [CRS]°.
The arrival speed loaded exceeds MMO.
CHECK ARRIVAL SPEED
– [Arrival Speed] KT AT
[LOC ID] exceeds VMO
The arrival speed loaded exceeds VMO.
CHECK DEPARTURE
SPEED – [Departure
Speed] KT AT [LOC ID]
exceeds VMO
The departure speed loaded exceeds VMO.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
COM #[1, 2] INOP – CAL
– Check COM calibration.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 calibration version error. Check
COM calibration.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
CRNT – Check COM
current.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 current is low. Check COM
current.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
INTRL – Com internal
fault.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has an internal fault.
COM #[1, 2] INOP –
SYNTH – COM
synthesizer lock fault.
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
Hazard
Avoidance
CHECK ARRIVAL SPEED
– [Arrival Speed] KT AT
[LOC ID] exceeds MMO.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
DIG GMA1 MANIFEST – The digital audio controller has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
DIG GMA 1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
205
Message
Comments
FS510 Card Error —
FS510 not detected in
MFD Bottom Slot.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted
GCU 1 CNFG – GCU
Config error. Config
service req’d.
GCU #1 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GCU 1 FAIL – GCU is
inoperative
A failure has been detected in the GCU #1. The GCU
#1 is unavailable.
GCU1 KEYSTK – GCU
[keyname] Key is stuck
A key is stuck on the GCU #1 bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
GCU 1 MANIFEST – GCU
software mismatch,
ommunication halted.
The GCU #1 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
The GDC has incorrect software installed. The system
GDC1 MANIFEST –
GDC1 software mismatch, should be serviced.
communication halted.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 GDL 69/69A SXM configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
config error. Config
should be serviced.
service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has A failure has been detected in the GDL 69/69A SXM.
The receiver is unavailable. The system should be
failed
serviced
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GDL 69/69A SXM has incorrect software installed.
The system should be serviced.
GDU ZOOM LIMITED –
Map zoom has been
automatically limited.
Increases in map range are automatically limited at >
68 degrees 35 minutes north or south.
Appendix
The GDC1 has incorrect software installed. The system
GDC1 MANIFEST –
GDC1 software mismatch, should be serviced.
communication halted.
GEA #1 CM INOP –
COMM – Check GEA
config module
connection.
There is a problem with the GEA config module
connection. Check the connection.
Index
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
GEA #1 CM INOP –
TEMP – Check GEA
config module cooling.
The GEA configuration module has insufficient cooling.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
206
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
GEA #1 INOP – CNFG –
Check GEA software and
configuration.
There is a problem with the GEA software
configuration. Check the configuration. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – INTRL –
GEA internal fault.
The GEA has an internal fault. The system should be
serviced.
GEA #1 INOP – SENS –
Check GEA configuration.
There is an error in the GEA configuration. Check the
configuration. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The GEA voltage is low. Check GEA voltages.
GEA1 TEMP – Check GEA There is a problem with the GEA cooling arrangement.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
cooling arrangement.
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GEA has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too
far North/South, no
magnetic compass.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved
AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too
far North/South, no
magnetic compass.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved
AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are
incorrect.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP –CRNT
– Check GIA current.
The GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 current is low. The current
should be checked.
AFCS
The GEA configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
Annunciations
& Alerts
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
The GIA 1 have an error in the audio configuration.
The system should be serviced.
Appendix
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1
audio config error. Config
service req’d.
Abnormal
Operation
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 low voltage. Check voltage.
Additional
Features
Loss of GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 serial communication.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP –
SERIAL – Check GIA serial Check GIA serial communication.
communication.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP –VOLT
– Check GIA voltage.
Hazard
Avoidance
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
Flight
Management
GEA #1 INOP – VOLT –
Check GEA voltages.
Audio Panel
and CNS
There is a problem with the GEA rigging. Check the
rigging.
EIS
GEA #1 INOP – CAL –
Check GEA rigging.
207
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA 1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
over temperature.
The GIA 1 temperature is too high. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
The GIA 1 temperature is too low to operate correctly.
Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GIA 1 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The GIA 1 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2
audio config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA 2 have an error in the audio configuration.
The system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2
config error. Config
service req’d.
The GIA 2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
over temperature.
The GIA 2 temperature is too high. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
The GIA 2 temperature is too low to operate correctly.
Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The GIA 2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is
inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The
audio panel is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The
GMA1 MANIFEST –
system should be serviced.
GMA1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
208
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
GMC CONFIG – GMC
Config error. Config
service req’d.
Error in the configuration of the GMC 710.
GMC FAIL – GMC is
inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The
GMC 710 is unavailable.
GMC KEYSTK – GMC
[key name] Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the GMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
GMC MANIFEST – GMC
software mismatch.
Communication halted.
The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
EIS
Comments
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the
unit. Certain audio may still be available, and the audio
panel may still be usable. The system should be
serviced when possible.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
GPS1 FAIL – GPS1 is
inoperative.
A failure has been detected in GPS1 receiver. The
system should be serviced.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
GPS2 FAIL – GPS1 is
inoperative.
A failure has been detected in GPS2 receiver. The
system should be serviced.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Appendix
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. Position
error.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Abnormal
Operation
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation.
Insufficient satellites.
Additional
Features
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The
GMU2 MANIFEST –
system should be serviced.
GMU2 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
Flight
Management
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The
GMU1 MANIFEST –
system should be serviced.
GMU1 software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. GPS fail.
Flight
Instruments
Message
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
209
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS2 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GRS2 MANIFEST – GRS2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has
failed.
A failure has been detected in the #1 GSR 56. The
system should be serviced.
GTS CONFIG – GTS
Config error. Config
service req’d.
The GTS and GDU have different copies of the GTS
configuration, or the Mode S address is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GTX2 MANIFEST – GTX2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GWX CONFIG – GWX
config error. Config
service req’d.
GWX 68 configuration settings do not match those of
the GDU configuration. The system should be serviced.
GWX FAIL – GWX is
inoperative.
The GDU is not receiving status packet from the GWX
68 is reporting a fault. The GWX 68 radar system
should be serviced.
GWX MANIFEST – GWX
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GWX SERVICE – GWX
needs service.
A failure has been detected in the GWX 68. The GWX
68 may still be usable.
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
210
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is
SBAS capable.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside
airspace.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
INVALID ADM – Invalid
ADM: ATN
communication halted.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly and
therefore will not be able to communicate with the
ground network.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot
navigate locked flight
plan.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a
stored flight plan that contains locked waypoint.
Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update
flight plan with current waypoint.
LOI – GPS integrity lost.
Crosscheck with other
NAVS.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of
flight.
LOW BANK ACTIVE –
Disengage for approach.
Low Bank mode is active. Disengage to continue
approach.
LOW BANK ACTIVE –
Disengage for RNP less
than 1.0.
Low Bank mode is active. Disengage to continue RNP
1.0.
LRG MAG VAR – Verify
all course angles.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact
magnetic variance for geographic locations near the
magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than
2°.
MFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – MFD1
bklt cal lost or mismatch.
Return for repair.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be
found or found or is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
MFD1 CARD 1 ERR –
MFD1 card 1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified MFD
contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM –
MFD1 card 1 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
211
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Hazard
Avoidance
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight
Management
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA2
communication halted.
Audio Panel
and CNS
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is
SBAS capable.
EIS
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA1
communication halted.
Flight
Instruments
Message
HOLD EXPIRED – Holding Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the
User Defined Hold.
EFC time expired.
Message
Comments
MFD1 CARD 2 ERR –
MFD1 card 2 is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
MFD contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 2 REM –
MFD1 card 2 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1
has poor cooling.
Reducing power usage.
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
navigation database error
exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database missing. is missing on the specified LRU.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Safe Taxi database error
exists.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
212
The MFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD
[key name] Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 MANIFEST –
MFD1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
MFD1 SOFTWARE –
MFD1 mismatch,
communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 TERRAIN DSP –
MFD1 Terrain awareness
display unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in MFD1 is missing or invalid.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP – CAL
— Check COM
calibration.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 calibration version error. Check
COM calibration.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
CRNT — Check COM
current.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 current is low. Check COM
current.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
INTRL — Com internal
fault.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has an internal fault.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
SERIAL – Check NAV
serial communication.
Loss of NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 serial communication.
Check NAV serial communication.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP –
SYNTH LOCK – COM
synthesiser lock fault.
NNAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
EIS
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error
exists.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
AFCS
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight
Management
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1 NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
software mismatch,
communication halted.
213
Message
Comments
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1
remote transfer key is
stuck.
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
Flight
Management
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do
not use GPS for
navigation to [xxxx]
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not
calculated based on the WGS84 map reference datum
and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not
use GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84
waypoint.
PFD POSITIONS
DIFFERENT – PFD
positions mismatch.
Check position sensors.
There is a mismatch in the position sensed by the PFDs.
Check position sensor settings. If message persists the
system should be serviced.
PFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – PFD1
bklt cal lost or mismatch.
Return for repair.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be
found or found or is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
AFCS
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2
remote transfer key is
stuck.
Additional
Features
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2 NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
software mismatch,
communication halted.
Abnormal
Operation
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
PFD1 CARD 1 REM –
PFD1 card 1 was removed. specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
PFD1 CARD 2 REM –
PFD1 card 2 was removed. the specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be
reinserted.
Reinsert card.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1
has poor cooling.
Reducing power usage.
214
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The PFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the ChartView database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
AFCS
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Additional
Features
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
obstaPFD1cle database
missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU.
EIS
Abnormal
Operation
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Appendix
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations
& Alerts
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
Hazard
Avoidance
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1
[key name] Key is stuck.
Flight
Management
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Audio Panel
and CNS
PFD 1DB ERR – PFD1 Safe The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Taxi database error exists. Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error
exists.
Flight
Instruments
Message
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
215
Message
Comments
PFD1 MANIFEST – PFD1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The PFD a self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
PFD1 SOFTWARE – PFD1 The specified GDU has different software versions
mismatch, communication installed. The system should be serviced.
halted.
PFD1 TERRAIN DSP –
PFD1 Terrain awareness
display unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in PFD1 is missing or invalid.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be
serviced.
PFD2 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – PFD2
bklt cal lost or mismatch.
Return for repair.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be
found or found or is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
PFD2 CARD 1 ERR –
PFD2 card 1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD
contains invalid data.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
PFD2 CARD 1 REM –
PFD2 card 1 was removed. specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
Reinsert card.
PFD2 CARD 2 ERR –
PFD2 card 2 is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
PFD contains invalid data.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2
config error. Config
service req’d.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Appendix
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
PFD2 CARD 2 REM –
PFD2 card 2 was removed. the specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
Reinsert card.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2
has poor cooling.
Reducing power usage.
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
Index
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
Airport Directory database
error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
216
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
The PFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure the data card is properly
programmed if present. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database error
exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
AFCS
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
FliteCharts database error
exists.
Additional
Features
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD1
obstacle database missing. is missing on the specified LRU.
PFD2 MANIFEST – PFD2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
Appendix
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2
[key name] Key is stuck.
Annunciations
& Alerts
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Taxi database error exists. Ensure the data card is properly programmed if
present. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error
exists.
Hazard
Avoidance
The PFD detected a failure in the ChartView database
(optional feature). Ensure that the data card is properly
inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
Chartview database error
exists.
Audio Panel
and CNS
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
EIS
PFD2 DB ERR – MFD1
basemap database error
exists.
217
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
PFD2 SOFTWARE – PFD2 The specified GDU has different software versions
mismatch, communication installed. The system should be serviced.
halted.
PFD2 TERRAIN DSP –
PFD2 Terrain awareness
display unavailable.
One of the terrain, or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in PFD2 is missing or invalid.
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2
has low voltage. Reducing
power usage
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be
serviced.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad
geometry.
Bad parallel track geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: invalid leg
type.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: past IAF.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
SCHEDULER [#] –
<message>.
Message criteria entered by the user.
SLCT FREQ – Select
appropriate frequency for
approach.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach
frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the
correct frequency for the approach.
SLCT MAG – Select
MAGNETIC NAV ANGLE
display units.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units
on the Avionics Settings Screen to Magnetic.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV
on CDI for approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the
correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV
receiver.
SLCT NON-MAG – Select
alternate NAV ANGLE
display units.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units
on the Avionics Settings Screen to True.
SPD KEY DISABLED –
The SPD key is disabled
for this model aircraft.
The SPD Key on GMC has no function in this aircraft
model.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn
ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
STRMSCP FAIL –
Stormscope has failed.
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
218
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL Invalid audio
configuration.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid
audio configuration.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL Invalid configurable alerts
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid
configurable alerts.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL One or more inputs
invalid.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or
more invalid inputs.
SURFACEWATCH
INHIBITED Surfacewatch inhibited
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
SVT DISABLED – Out of
available terrain region.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not
within the boundaries of the installed terrain database.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain
DB resolution too low.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database
of sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Additional
Features
TCAS FAIL – TCAS system The TCAS system has failed. The system should be
serviced.
is inoperative.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The
system should be serviced
TERRAIN DISABLED –
Terrain Awareness DB
resolution too low.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of
sufficient resolution (9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer
has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic
device has failed.
The is no longer receiving data from the traffic system.
The traffic device should be serviced.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn
Awareness audio source
unavailable.
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline.
Check GIA1 or GIA 2.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Abnormal
Operation
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn
Awareness audio config
error. Service req’d.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
AFCS
The MFD and PFDs have different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
SW MISMATCH – GDU
software version
mismatch. Xtalk is off.
EIS
SURFACEWATCH
DISABLED - Too far
north/south.
219
Message
Comments
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t
reach current vertical
waypoint.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached
within the maximum flight path angle and vertical
speed constraints. The system automatically transitions
to the next vertical waypoint.
VNV –UNAVAILABLE:
Excessive crosstrack error.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing
vertical deviation to go invalid.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV – UNAVAILABLE:
Unsupported leg type in
flight plan.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn,
vector, or other unsupported leg type prior to the
active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance
to the active vertical waypoint.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving
at waypoint -[xxxx]
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the
waypoint name.
WX ALERT – Possible
severe weather ahead.
The GWX 68 indicates severe weather within ±10
degrees of the aircraft heading at a range of 80 to 320
nm.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
VNV – UNAVAILABLE:
Parallel course selected.
Flight
Management
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing
VNV –UNAVAILABLE:
Excessive track angle error. the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Hazard
Avoidance
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 –
Datalinik: ADS-B 1090
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL –
Transponder: XPDR1 is
unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not
transmitting position.
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC –
Transponder: ADS-B traffic information.
has failed
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT –
Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1
config error. Config
service req’d.
The transponder configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
220
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
ADS-B In traffic alerting
has failed.
There is no communication with the #1 or #2
transponder.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink:
ADSB-B in has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B
information.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX –
Datalink: FIS-B Weather
has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
over temp.
The system has detected an over temperature
condition in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –
Transponder: ADS-B no
pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
under temp.
The system has detected an under temperature
condition in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
XPDR2 ADS-B 1090 –
Datalinik: ADS-B 1090
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL –
XPDR2 is unable to
transmit ADS-B messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR2 FIS-B WX –
Datalink: FIS-B Weather
has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
XPDR2 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not
transmitting position.
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
EIS
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
XPDR2 ADS-B TRFC –
Transponder: ADS-B traffic information.
has failed
221
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
XPDR2 ADS-B UAT –
Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2
config error. Config
service req’d.
The transponder configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
XPDR2 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
ADS-B In traffic alerting
has failed.
XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is
inoperative.
There is no communication with the #2 transponder.
XPDR2 FAULT – Datalink:
ADSB-B in has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B
information.
XPDR2 PRES ALT –
Transponder: ADS-B no
pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2
needs service. Return unit
for repair.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR2 UNDER TEMP Transponder: Transponder
under temp.
XTALK ERROR – A flight
display crosstalk error has
occurred.
The system has detected an under temperature
condition in XPDR2. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The MFD and PFDs are not communicating with each
other. The system should be serviced.
Flight Plan Import/Export
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the
‘Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Under certain conditions, the following messages may appear when a flight plan is
imported or exported from or to an SD card. Some messages may appear in conjunction
with others.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
222
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
‘File contained user waypoints
only. User waypoints imported
successfully. No stored flight plan
data was modified.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. These
waypoints have been saved to the system user
waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system
have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported
from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully
imported from the SD card, however others
had errors and were not imported. A partial
stored flight plan now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a
flight plan, only user waypoints. One or more
of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more
waypoints than the system can support. The
flight plan was imported with as many
waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or
more waypoints that the system cannot find in
the navigation database. The flight plan has
been imported, but must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not
all loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user
waypoints. The quantity of stored user
waypoints has exceeded system capacity,
therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD
card have been imported. Any flight plan user
waypoints that were not imported are locked in
the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited
within the system before it can be activated for
use.
Hazard
Avoidance
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was
successfully imported as a stored flight plan.
Flight
Management
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
Audio Panel
and CNS
Description
EIS
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
223
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Description
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were
renamed when imported due to naming
conflicts with waypoints already existing in the
system.
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported
to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully
exported to the SD card. The SD card may not
have sufficient available memory or the card
may have been removed prematurely.
Table 33 Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Crew Profiles
System settings may be saved under a crew profile. When the system is powered on,
the last selected crew profile is shown on the MFD Power-up Screen. The system can
store up to 25 profiles; the currently active profile, the amount of memory used, and
the amount of memory available are shown at the top of the System Setup Page in the
box labeled “Crew Profile”. From here, crew profiles may be created, selected, renamed,
or deleted. Crew profiles may also be exported from the system to an SD card, or
imported from an SD card into the system.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others:
Message
Description
‘No crew profile files found.’
Displayed if the SD card does not have
one or more valid pilot profile filenames.
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches
the name of existing profile.
Index
Appendix
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a different Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
profile name.’
224
‘All available crew profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.’
Displayed if the maximum number for
pilot profiles has been reached.
‘Crew profile import failed.’
Displayed if the importing operation fails
for any other reason.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
‘Crew profile import succeeded.’
Displayed if the importing operation
succeeds.
‘Overwrite existing file?’
Displayed if the filename matches the
name of an existing file on the SD card.
‘Crew profile export failed.’
Displayed if the export operation fails.
‘Crew profile export succeeded.’
Displayed if the export operation
succeeds.
Flight
Instruments
Message
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Table 34 Crew Profile Import/Export Messages
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
225
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
BLANK PAGE
226
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
APPENDIX
Softkey Function
Softkey Names (displayed)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (press)
Softkey Subdued
Audio Panel
and CNS
Softkey On
EIS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the displays. The softkeys shown
depend on the softkey level previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkey labels
can be used to select the appropriate softkey. There are three types of softkeys. One selects
a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey label displayed as green
(on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by the
softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of
the chosen option. The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys
available for the selected function. Also, these softkeys revert to the previous level after 45
seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled, the softkey label is subdued
(dimmed).
Figure 1-8 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
Figure 53 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
AFCS
PFD Softkeys
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following table describes PFD Softkey functions. Softkeys which display another
set of softkeys are indicated in the table by showing the given set as an increased level.
For example, the Map/HSI Softkey is shown in the Level 1 column. When pressed, the
Map/HSI Softkey will display another set of softkeys and these softkeys are explained in
the Level 2 column. If a softkey on Level 2 provides yet another set of softkey functions,
those new available softkeys are then explained in the Level 3 column, etc.
Additional
Features
The PFD softkeys provide control over the PFD display and some flight management
functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). Each softkey
sublevel has a Back Softkey which can be pressed to return to the previous level. If new
messages remain after acknowledgement, the Messages Softkey will show “Message” in
black text with a white background. The Messages Softkey is visible in all softkey levels.
For the top level softkeys and the transponder (XPDR) levels, the Ident Softkey remains
visible.
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
227
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
CAS
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Description
Displays the scroll keys.
Only displayed when the
number of CAS messages
exceeds the capacity of
the display window.
CAS Up
Scroll up CAS messages
(Accessible only when the
CAS Softkey is displayed).
CAS Dn
Scroll down CAS
messages (Accessible only
when the CAS Softkey is
displayed).
Map/HSI
Displays the PFD Map
display settings softkeys.
Layout
Displays the PFD Map
selection softkeys.
Map Off
Removes the PFD map
from display (Inset or
Traffic).
Inset Map
Displays the Inset Map.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Detail
Annunciations
& Alerts
Lvl 4
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Trfc
Replaces the Inset Map
with a dedicated traffic
display.
HSI Trfc
Replaces the HSI Map
with a dedicated traffic
display.
Selects desired amount of
map detail:
• All (No Declutter): All
map features visible.
1:
Removes
everything except for the
active flight plan.
Appendix
• Detail
• Detail 2: Declutters land
Index
and SUA data.
• Detail 3: Declutters land
data.
228
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Traffic
Lvl 4
Description
Displays traffic
information on PFD Map.
TER
• Topo:
Displays relative
terrain information on
the PFD Map.
WX LGND
Displays/removes the
name of the selected
data link weather
provider (SiriusXM) and
the weather product icon
and age box (for enabled
weather products).
PRECIP
or
NEXRAD
Displays Connext weather
and coverage on PFD
Map.
Displays XM NEXRAD
weather and coverage on
PFD Map (subscription
optional).
METAR
Displays METAR
information on PFD Map
(subscription optional).
Abnormal
Operation
Lightning
Adds/removes the display
of SiriusXM lightning
information on PFD Map
(optional).
Annunciations
& Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
Selects the data link
weather source for the
PFD Map.
Appendix
Datalink
Additional
Features
Disables lightning
function on PFD Map.
The softkey annunciator
is green when the
lightning function is off.
AFCS
LTNG Off
Hazard
Avoidance
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Flight
Management
• Off: Removes terrain
Audio Panel
and CNS
• REL:
EIS
Displays
topographical data (e.g.,
coastlines, terrain, rivers,
lakes) and elevation
scale on PFD Map.
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
229
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
STRMSCP
Replaces the PFD Map
with a dedicated traffic
display. The default
display is the Inset Map.
PFD Opt
Displays second-level
softkeys for additional
PFD options.
Displays additional SVT
overlay softkeys.
(optional)
Displays Pathway Boxes
on the Synthetic Vision
Display.
Terrain
Enables synthetic terrain
depiction.
HDG LBL
Displays compass heading
along the Zero-Pitch line.
APT Sign
Displays position markers
for airports within
approximately 15 nm of
the current aircraft
position. Airport
identifiers are displayed
when the airport is within
approximately 9 nm.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Pathways
Appendix
Wire
Wind
Index
Description
Adds or removes the
display of Stormscope
information on the PFD
Map. The softkey
annunciator is green
when the function is on.
When the function is off,
the annunciator is gray.
TFC Map
SVT
Displays power lines on
the Synthetic Vision
Display.
Displays the wind option
softkeys.
Off
230
Lvl 4
Wind information not
displayed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Lvl 4
Description
Option 2
Headwind/Tailwind and
crosswind components
and wind direction arrow.
Option 3
Wind direction arrow
with direction and speed.
Bearing 1
Cycles the Bearing 1
Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2,
GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance
information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Sensors
Displays the sensor
selection softkeys.
ADC
Selects the #1 ADC.
ADC 2
Selects the #2 ADC.
Additional
Features
ADC 1
AFCS
AHRS
Displays ADC selection
softkeys.
Displays the AHRS
selection softkeys.
AHRS 2 Selects the #2 AHRS.
ALT Units
Displays softkeys to select
altitude unit parameters.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
When enabled, displays
overlays altimeter with
meters.
Appendix
Cycles the Bearing 2
Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2,
GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance
information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Bearing 2
Abnormal
Operation
AHRS 1 Selects the #1 AHRS.
Meters
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays DME Information
(optional).
Flight
Management
DME
Audio Panel
and CNS
Wind direction arrow and
speed.
EIS
Option 1
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
231
Appendix
Lvl 2
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Description
Press to display the BARO
setting as inches of
mercury.
HPA
Press to display the BARO
setting as hectopascals.
Sets barometric pressure
to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa
if metric units are
selected) and returns to
top-level softkeys.
Selects OBS mode on the
CDI when navigating by
GPS (only available with
active leg). When OBS is
on, the softkey
annunciator is green.
CDI
Cycles through GPS,
NAV1, and NAV2
navigation modes on the
CDI.
ADF/DME
Displays the ADF/DME
Tuning Window, allowing
selection and tuning of
the ADF and DME
(optional).
XPDR
Displays the transponder
selection softkeys.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
232
Lvl 4
IN
OBS
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
STD Baro
Lvl 3
XPDR 1
Only available when two
transponders are
installed. Selects the #1
transponder as active.
XPDR 2
Only available when two
transponders are
installed. Selects the #2
transponder as active.
Standby
Selects transponder
Standby Mode
(transponder does not
reply to any
interrogations).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
VFR
Automatically enters the
VFR code (1200 in the
U.S.A. only).
Displays transponder
code selection softkeys
0-7.
BKSP
Removes numbers
entered, one at a time.
Additional
Features
Activates the Special
Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18
seconds, identifying the
transponder return on
the ATC screen.
AFCS
Ident
Hazard
Avoidance
Ident
Use numbers to enter
code.
Flight
Management
Altitude Reporting Mode
(transponder replies to
identification and altitude
interrogations).
Audio Panel
and CNS
Alt
EIS
Activates transponder
(transponder replies to
identification
interrogations).
0–7
Activates the Special
Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18
seconds, identifying the
transponder return on
the ATC screen.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Activates the Special
Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18
seconds, identifying the
transponder return on
the ATC screen.
Appendix
Tmr/Ref
Description
On
Code
Ident
Lvl 4
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Displays Timer
‘References’ Window.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
233
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Lvl 4
Description
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’
Window.
Messages
or
Message
System generated
messages cause the
Messages Softkey label
to change from Messages
to a flashing ‘Message’
label. Pressing the
Message Softkey opens
the ‘Messages’ Window,
acknowledges the
message, and the softkey
reverts to the ‘Messages’
label.
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Nearest
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 35 PFD Softkeys
MFD Softkeys
AFCS
The MFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS,
NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). There are many softkey functions available
on the MFD depending on the page group and screen selected.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
The following table provides an example of the MFD Softkey functions accessed from
the Navigation Map screen. Further information concerning softkeys providing more
navigation and flight planning functions may be found in the Flight Management
Section. Terrain, traffic, and weather softkey descriptions may be found in the Hazard
Avoidance section. Further description of optional equipment and corresponding
softkey functions may be found in the Additional Features Section.
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Map Opt
Description
Displays second level Map
Options softkeys
Traffic
Displays traffic information on
Navigation Map Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second
level softkeys.
Removes VSD inset from
Navigation Map Page.
Index
Off
234
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Description
VSD
Displays VSD profile information
of terrain/obstacles along the
current track, vertical track
vector, and selected altitude.
• FPL:
• TRK:
Displays VSD profile
information along current track.
Displays terrain on the map;
cycles through the following:
Hazard
Avoidance
TER
Flight
Management
Displays VSD profile
information for active flight
plan.
Audio Panel
and CNS
Automatically displays
either VSD profile information
for active flight plan information
or along current track with no
active flight plan.
EIS
• Auto:
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
• Off:
No terrain information
shown on MFD Map.
• REL: Displays relative terrain
information on the MFD Map.
Displays airways on the map;
cycles through the following:
Abnormal
Operation
AWY
Additional
Features
Displays topographical
data (e.g., coastlines, terrain,
rivers, lakes) and elevation scale
on MFD Map.
AFCS
• Topo:
• Off: No airways are displayed.
• LO: Only low altitude airways
are displayed.
Annunciations
& Alerts
• On: All airways are displayed.
• HI: Only high altitude airways
Displays Stormscope information
on Navigation Map Page
(optional).
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather
and coverage on Navigation
Map Page (optional).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
STRMSCP
Appendix
are displayed.
235
Appendix
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
Lvl 2
Description
Displays XM lightning
information on Navigation Map
Page (optional).
METAR
Displays METAR information on
PFD Map (subscription optional).
Legend
Displays legends for the
displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
Wx Radar
Detail
Flight
Management
Lvl 3
XM LTNG
Displays weather information.
Selects desired amount of map
detail; cycles through the
following levels:
• Detail All: All map features
Hazard
Avoidance
visible.
• Detail-3: Declutters land data.
• Detail-2: Declutters land and
SUA data.
Removes everything
except for the active flight plan.
AFCS
• Detail-1:
When available, displays optional
airport and terminal procedure
charts (optional).
CHRT Opt
Displays chart display settings
softkeys (if available).
Show Map
or
Chart
Show Map displays the
applicable ‘WPT — Airport
Information’ Page upon the map
for the chart currently selected.
Chart displays the chart for the
‘WPT — Airport Information’
Page that is currently selected
and returns to the Charts Level
2 Softkeys.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Charts
Index
Info
DP
236
Pressing the Info 1 or Info 2
Softkey returns to the airport
diagram when the view is on a
different chart.
Displays departure procedure
chart.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Lvl 2
Lvl 3
Description
Displays standard terminal arrival
procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure
chart.
WX
Displays weather information.
NOTAM
Displays NOTAM information for
selected airport, when available.
When available, displays optional
checklists.
Flight
Management
Table 36 MFD Navigation Map Page Softkeys
Loading Updated Databases
237
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
Appendix
The navigation database contains the aeronautical data used by the system for the flight
management and flight planning functions. Included is detailed data for waypoints,
Annunciations
& Alerts
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features.
Abnormal
Operation
The cycles and dates for both standby and active databases are displayed on the “Aux –
Databases” page on the MFD. Any active databases with expiration dates in the past will
be highlighted with amber text. When an expired active database has a standby database
that is ready to become effective, a cyan double-sided arrow will be displayed between the
database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it indicates that the standby and active
databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle, activating the current
standby database. Databases can also be manually selected (or deselected) by highlighting
a list item and pressing the ENT key, provided a valid, verified standby database is
present.
Additional
Features
Databases may be loaded through Garmin Pilot and Flight Stream 510. When loading
databases through Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510, it must be enabled on the
system and the multimedia card inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD.
AFCS
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ system messages
will be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the Aux Database Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in
maintenance being required to reboot the system.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Audio Panel
and CNS
Checklist
EIS
STAR
Flight
Instruments
Lvl 1
procedures (arrivals, departures, approaches), and airways. The navigation database is
updated every 28 days.
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as
rivers, lakes, and towns. It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no
expiration date.
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. These databases are updated
periodically and have no expiration date.
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential
hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is
very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not
be contained in the obstacle database. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data,
but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports
throughout the U.S. or worldwide, respectively. The AOPA Directory offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of
thousands of FBOs. These databases are updated every 56 days. The AC-U-KWIK
Directory offers detailed information for more than 8,000 airports with runways longer
than 3,000 feet worldwide.
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These
diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft
position on the map in relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This
database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This
database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration
date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not
updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer function. The
ChartView database must be purchased directly from Jeppesen, but can be update d at
jeppesen.com or flygarmin.com.
The IFR/VFR charts database contains VFR and IFR raster charts. The VFR Charts are
digital representations of the Sectional Aeronautical Charts and Terminal Area Charts. The
IFR Charts include both IFR High (designed for navigation at or above 18,000 ft) and IFR
Low (designed for navigation below 18,000 ft). IFR/VFR Charts are updated every 28 days
except for Canadian IFR/VFR Charts which are updated every 56 days.
Database Updates Using A Supplemental Data (SD) Card
Index
All databases are updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
When the card is inserted, the databases on the card will be copied to standby and
synchronized across all powered, configured units. After update, the card is removed
238
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
EIS
Database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the
‘Aviation Databases’ section of the Garmin website (flygarmin.com). Once the updated
files have been downloaded from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD
card reader is used to unpack and program the new databases onto an existing
Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
Flight
Instruments
and the databases are stored on the system. When in standby, databases are not
immediately available for use, but stored to be activated at a later time.
• Windows-compatible PC computer
equivalent
Audio Panel
and CNS
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
Updating Databases using an SD Card:
2)
Download the databases and install them on an SD card.
3)
Put the SD Card in the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
4)
Turn the system ON.
5)
Press the ENT Key or the right most softkey on the MFD display to acknowledge
the startup screen.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
8)
Monitor the Sync Status on the Database page. Wait for all databases to
complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being displayed. A cyan double
arrow will appear between the Standby and Active columns to show which
Standby databases will be transferred to Active at the next power cycle.
Additional
Features
With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the bottom SD card slot of the
MFD.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to
make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database
features.
Flight
Management
• Supplemental SD Cards
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
239
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
9)
Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the Standby Database
column.
10) Remove power from the system.
11) Remove the SD card from the bottom slot of the MFD.
12) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
13) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
14) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 54 Databases Page before Activation of Standby Databases
240
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 55 Databases Page with Updated Databases
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
Insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
2)
Press the Update softkey when the Database Update screen appears.
Appendix
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux Databases page):
1)
Abnormal
Operation
a)
Additional
Features
16) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
AFCS
15) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
241
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
3)
The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode. The following screen will appear.
Figure 57 Starting Database Transfer
4)
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
5)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section). The ‘WI-FI Not Connected’ screen will close when
the WI-FI connection is established.
6)
When the transfer is complete, the following screen will appear.
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Figure 56 Database Update Available
242
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Figure 58 Database Transfer Complete
8)
When an existing database is expired and a new one is ready to become active,
a ‘Database Expired’ window will appear. Continue to the next step to restart
the system.
9)
Remove power from the system.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Close softkey.
Flight
Management
7)
10) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
AFCS
11) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
Additional
Features
12) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
243
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
13) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
14) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 59 Databases Page with Updated Databases
a)
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Updating Databases from the Aux - Databases page:
1)
With the system OFF, insert the Flight Stream Multimedia Card in the bottom
slot of the MFD.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
4)
Press the Device Softkey.
244
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
The Aux - Databases page will show the databases connected to the mobile
device in place of the active databases on the system. Databases selected to
load will be indicated by a cyan arrow.
6)
Press the Update softkey. The Flight Stream 510 will enter WI-FI mode.
7)
Put the mobile device in WI-FI mode (refer to the Additional Features section).
8)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 WI-FI (refer to the
Additional Features section).
9)
The Database Update status will appear in the Status window at the top of the
page.
Flight
Instruments
5)
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
10) Remove power from the system.
12) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
15) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c)
Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that
the standby database will become active.
d)
Remove and reapply power to the system.
e)
Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Abnormal
Operation
Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
Additional
Features
a)
AFCS
14) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn the
FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Hazard
Avoidance
13) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Flight
Management
11) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux page
group on the MFD.
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
245
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the
navigation database. At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that
presently being used by each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV
DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the Navigation Map Page, as shown in
Figure B-12. Note, in the following example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to indicate an update
is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to
the system. GRS2 may be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that
both AHRS be updated.
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Figure 60 Databases Page with Updated Databases
Index
Figure 61 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
246
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
1)
Flight
Instruments
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
With ‘OK’ highlighted, as seen Figure B-8, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A
progress monitor is displayed as shown in Figure 62.
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 62 Uploading Database to GRS1
When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed,
as seen in Figure 63
AFCS
2)
Additional
Features
3)
Annunciations
& Alerts
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is
displayed as shown in Figure 64. When the upload is complete, the system is
ready for use.
Abnormal
Operation
Figure 63 GRS2 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Appendix
Index
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
247
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Figure 64 Uploading Database to GRS2
Map Symbols
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed.
Each listed type of symbol can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display
each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the symbols from the map using the Detail
Softkey is also discussed.
Additional
Features
Land Symbols
Default Range
(nm)
Max Range (nm)
Abnormal
Operation
User Waypoint
25
40
Highways and
Roads
N/A
N/A
Annunciations
& Alerts
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Interstate Highway
(Freeway)
50
400
International
Highway (Freeway)
50
400
US Highway
(National
Highway)
15
150
State Highway
(Local Highway)
2.5
100
4
25
Index
Appendix
Land Symbols
Local Road (Local
Road)
248
Symbol
N/A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Railroads
(RAILROAD)
7.5
25
Large City (>
200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (>
50,000)
50
400
Small City (>
5,000)
25
100
State/Province
400
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude
(LAT/LON)
1
1000
EIS
Max Range (nm)
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
Default Range
(nm)
Land Symbols
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 37 Land Symbol Information
Aviation Symbols
AFCS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Large Airport (Longest
Runway >8100 ft)
100
1000
Medium Airport (8100 ft
> Longest Runway
>5000 ft, or Longest
Runway < 5000 ft with
control tower)
50
400
Small Airport (Longest
Runway < 5000 ft
without control tower)
25
150
1.5
5
7.5
150
N/A
N/A
Runway Extension
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Index
Missed Approach
Preview On/Off (Missed
APR)
Appendix
See Additional Features
Annunciations
& Alerts
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
Abnormal
Operation
Max Range
(nm)
Symbols
Additional
Features
Default
Range
(nm)
Aviation Symbols
N/A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
249
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Default
Range
(nm)
Max Range
(nm)
Intersection (INT)
25
40
Non-directional Beacon
(NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
N/A
N/A
Visual Reporting Point
(VRP)
25
1000
Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
N/A
N/A
EIS
Aviation Symbols
Symbols
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
VOR Compass Rose
On/Off
N/A
AFCS
(VNAV Constraints)
Show All (show all
constraints within flight
plan if VNAV Constraints
are ‘On’ above)
N/A
Table 38 Aviation Symbol Information
Additional
Features
Airspace Symbols
Abnormal
Operation
The following items are configured on the airspace menu:
Symbol
Default
Range
(nm)
Max Range
(nm)
Smart Airspace On/Off
N/A
N/A
N/A
Airspace Altitude Labels
(Airspace ALT LBL) On/Off:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Annunciations
& Alerts
Airspace Symbols
• Class B Airspace
Appendix
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class C Airspace
Index
Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
• Class D Airspace
Altitude Label (ceiling)
250
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Appendix
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS
B/TMA)
50
150
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS
C/TCA)
50
100
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
10
100
Alert/Prohibited/Restricted/
Warning Areas (RESTRICTED)
50
100
Military Operations Area
[MOA(MILITARY)]
50
250
Other/Air Defense Interdiction
Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
50
250
EIS
Max Range
(nm)
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
Default
Range
(nm)
Airspace Symbols
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Table 39 Airspace Symbol Information
Symbol Setup
Additional
Features
Item
AFCS
All navigation maps can display land, aviation and airspace symbols. Symbol types
(e.g. runway extensions, railroads) can be removed individually. The range sets the
maximum range at which items appear on the display. For example, enabling “Runway
Extension” displays a dashed line on the map extending from each runway of an airport
in the flight plan when the range is set at or below the value of the map settings option.
Symbol
Abnormal
Operation
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Map Pointer (when panning)
Annunciations
& Alerts
Measuring Pointer
Appendix
User Waypoint
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Parallel Track Waypoint
Index
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Displayed when aircraft GPS location is valid, but
heading is invalid.
190–02381–00 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
251
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Item
Symbol
Top of Descent (TOD)
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
252
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Piper M500
190–02381–00 Rev. A
INDEX
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
I-1
EIS
Abnormal GPS Conditions.................. 166
Abnormal Operations for Garmin
Connext Weather............................... 181
ADS-B Traffic
ADS-B Traffic Status........................ 118
Altitude range.................................116
Changing the display range............ 118
Display of ADS-B traffic...................116
Motion Vector.................................118
Motion Vector display..................... 117
Showing additional traffic............... 118
Testing............................................ 116
Airborne Color Weather Radar System
Airborne weather radar overlay.......108
Antenna Stabilization......................108
Antenna tilt angle........................... 106
Displaying weather......................... 105
Ground Map Mode.........................108
Radar gain...................................... 107
Sector Scanning.............................. 107
Vertically scanning.................. 106, 107
WATCH...........................................108
Airport
Nearest Airport Information on MFD. 34
Nearest Airport Information on PFD.. 34
Nearest Surface/Runway Length Match
.........................................................35
Select & Review by ID, name, or
location............................................ 33
Viewing Destination..........................34
Viewing Runway Information............ 34
Airspace
Changing altitude buffer distance..... 42
Displaying/Removing Alt Labels......... 42
Reviewing Information...................... 29
Selecting and Viewing Alert
Information.......................................43
Turning On or Off Alert..................... 43
Turning Smart Airspace On/Off..........43
Airway
Adding to Flight Plan........................ 54
Displaying and Removing.................. 32
Selecting Range................................ 32
Along Track Offset
Entering Offset Distance................... 63
Altimeter
Altimeter pressure...............................4
Altitude display units...........................1
Barometric Pressure.............................3
Standard barometric........................... 2
Altimeter Baro Transition Alerts
Baro Transition Alerts.......................... 3
Altimeter Barometric Sync
Synchronizing..................................... 2
Altimeter Overlays
Altitude overlays................................. 3
Altimeter Selected Altitude
Selected Altitude.................................2
Altitude Constraint
Chart................................................ 70
Deleting a Manual Entry....................72
Deleting Database-Generated........... 71
Entering/Modifying........................... 71
Invalid Causes................................... 71
Modifying system calculated............. 72
Reverting Manual back to Original.... 72
Annunciations.................................... 177
Power Up........................................163
Approach
Activating a Loaded With Vectors to
Final..................................................79
Activating a Previously Loaded.......... 79
Loading Into Active FP Using PROC Key
.........................................................76
Loading into Active from Nearest
Airport Page..................................... 78
Loading into Stored FP...................... 56
Loading/Activating Visual Approach.. 80
Loading/Activating w/MENU Key.......79
Removing from Active FP.................. 78
Arrival
Loading into Active FP with PROC Key
.........................................................76
Loading into Stored FP...................... 55
Removing from Active FP.................. 76
Auto-designation..................................68
Auto-Tuning
COM................................................ 15
NAV..................................................16
Flight
Instruments
A
B
Bearing Pointers
Selecting bearing sources....................5
Blue-Select Mode................................. 22
C
CAS Messages....................................179
Cell Movement (SiriusXM)
Cell Movement................................. 98
Cell Movement with NEXRAD........... 98
Cloud Tops (SiriusXM)
Cloud Tops........................................97
COM Tuning Failure............................166
Command Bar Format
Command Bar Format.........................1
Comparator Annunciations.................167
Connext Data Request
Connext Data Requests.....................94
Connext Data Requests
Cancelling a Connext Data................94
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext
.........................................................93
County Warnings (SiriusXM)
Displaying County Warning.............101
Crew Profile....................................... 224
Import/Export Messages..................224
Cyclone (SiriusXM)
Displaying cyclone information........101
D
Data Link Lightning (SiriusXM, Garmin
Connext)
Data Link Lightning...........................97
Displaying Data Link Lightning.......... 98
Databases
Information.....................................164
Updates from any MFD Page...........241
Updates from the Aux - Databases
Page............................................... 244
Updates Using an SD Card...... 238, 239
Dead Reckoning Mode....................... 173
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
I-2
Departure
Loading Into Active FP using PROC Key
.........................................................75
Loading Into Stored FP...................... 55
Removing from Active FP.................. 75
Direct-To
Cancelling.........................................46
Manual Course Selection.................. 45
Reselecting Direct from Present Position
.........................................................46
Direct-To Destination
Entering waypoint, facility, or city......44
Selecting Active Flight Plan Waypoint 44
Selecting Any Waypoint.................... 45
Selecting Nearby Airport................... 45
Selecting Nearest, Recent, or User
Waypoint.......................................... 45
Selecting Waypoint with Pointer........46
DME
DME Information Window.................. 5
DME Pairing......................................... 18
E
Echo Tops (SirisuXM)
Displaying......................................... 97
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)....
159
Emergency Frequency.........................166
Engine Indication System (EIS) Display.....9
F
FIS-B Weather Status
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather....
103
Viewing FIS-B status........................103
INDEX
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Flight Plan, Stored
Activating Stored on MFD................. 57
Adding a Waypoint........................... 53
Adding Approach............................. 56
Adding Arrival...................................55
Adding Departure............................. 55
Changing Stored FP Comment..........59
Copying Stored FP on MFD............... 57
Creating Stored................................ 48
Deleting Airway from Stored............. 58
Deleting Procedure from Stored........ 58
Deleting Stored (All) FPs.................... 60
Deleting Stored FP............................ 60
Deleting Waypoint from Stored.........58
Inverting/Activating Stored on MFD...57
Storing Active from Page or Window 56
Storing Pending................................ 51
Viewing Stored FP Info......................56
Freezing Level (SiriusXM)
Displaying Freezing Level.................100
Frequency Spacing................................16
Fuel
Synchronizing FOB Weight................ 83
Flight
Instruments
G
H
Appendix
Index
I-3
Annunciations
& Alerts
Holding
Creating User-Defined at Active FP WPT
.........................................................65
Creating User-Defined at Direct-To WPT
.........................................................66
Creating User-Defined at Present
Position.............................................65
Editing User-Defined......................... 66
Exiting Active FP User-Defined Hold...67
Removing Active FP User-Defined Hold
.........................................................67
Removing Off-Route User-Defined Hold
.........................................................67
Abnormal
Operation
Garmin Connext Weather
Weather product age........................ 87
Generic Timer
Generic Timer..................................... 6
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Dead Reckoning Mode....................173
Additional
Features
Flight Plan
Activating Pending............................51
Adding Airway..................................54
Deleting All Pending......................... 52
Deleting Pending.............................. 52
Exporting to SD Card........................ 49
Ignore Pending Transfer from Wireless
.........................................................50
Import/Export Messages..................222
Importing from an SD Card............... 49
Previewing Pending Transfer from
Wireless............................................ 50
Flight Plan, Active
Activating Leg...................................60
Adding Waypoint to Active............... 53
Approach Loading Using Nearest Pg. 78
Approach Loading Using PROC Key.. 76
Approach, Removing........................ 78
Arrival Loading with PROC Key......... 76
Arrival, Removing..............................76
Changing Active FP Comment.......... 62
Changing View................................. 63
Closest Point in Active FP to a WPT... 64
Collapsing/Expanding Airways in Active
.........................................................64
Creating Active................................. 47
Creating/Adding User Waypoints to
Active............................................... 54
Deleting Active................................. 61
Deleting Airway from Active............. 61
Deleting Procedure from Active.........62
Deleting Waypoint from Active......... 61
Departure Loading............................ 75
Departure, Removing........................ 75
Exiting User-Defined Hold................. 67
Inverting Active.................................61
Missed Approach, Activating.............80
Procedure Loading............................ 74
Removing User-Defined Hold............ 67
Split Screen Map Display................... 64
Split Screen with Charts.................... 64
User-Defined Hold at Direct-to WPT.. 66
User-Defined Hold at PP.................... 65
User-Defined Hold at WPT.................65
Visual Approach Loading/Activating.. 80
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI
HSI Map..............................................4
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
Navigation angle.................................4
Selected Course.................................. 4
Selected Heading................................ 4
HSI FMS CDI Setting
FMS CDI setting.................................. 5
HSI Navigation Sources
Changing navigation sources.............. 4
I
Icing (CIP & SLD) (SiriusXM)
Displaying icing information............101
Infrared Satellite (Garmin Connext)
Displaying Infrared Satellite............... 98
Intercom...............................................20
Intercom Modes................................... 21
Intersection
Selection...........................................35
L
Landing Field Elevation......................... 12
Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
Failure.............................................177
M
Magnetic Field Variation Database.... 246,
247
Manual Tuning
COM................................................ 15
NAV..................................................16
Map
Airspace Symbols............................ 250
Aviation Symbols............................ 249
Land Symbols..................................249
Symbol Setup..................................251
METARs and TAFs
Displaying METAR and TAF................99
Displaying original METAR text..........99
Displaying original METAR text on the
Active Flight Plan.............................. 99
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height Alerting
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height................................................ 7
Missed Approach
Activating in Active FP.......................80
Modifying Vspeed Bugs
Vspeed Reference Bugs.......................1
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Power Up........................................163
Softkeys..........................................234
N
Navigation
Dead Reckoning Mode....................173
Navigation Data Bar
Changing a Field...............................27
Navigation Map
Auto North Up..................................27
Changing Orientation....................... 27
Configuring Automatic Zoom........... 28
Decluttering......................................31
Displaying Topo data on MFD............30
Panning............................................ 28
Setting Topographic Display.............. 30
Setting up Additional Group Items.... 33
Setting up Land, Aviation or Airspace31
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD.................. 97
Displaying FIS-B NEXRAD on the
Navigation Map Page........................96
NEXRAD weather product on the
Weather Data Link (FIS-B)..................96
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
Coverage region............................... 95
NEXRAD weather MFD navigation
maps................................................ 95
NEXRAD weather PFD maps..............95
Weather Data Link (XM) Page........... 94
Non-Directional Beacon (NDB)
Selection...........................................35
Normal Operating Mode.....................164
O
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
OBS Mode
OBS Mode.......................................... 5
I-4
INDEX
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
TAS/TCAS I Traffic
Customizing traffic display.............. 115
Display range.................................. 114
Displaying traffic............................. 113
TAS/TCAS I Operating Mode........... 113
Testing the Traffic System................ 113
Traffic display on the Navigation Map
Page............................................... 114
Traffic information (MFD navigation
maps)............................................. 115
Traffic on PFD navigation maps....... 116
Temperature Compensation Altitude
Cancelling.........................................81
Manually Activating.......................... 81
Temperature Displays
Temperature display............................ 6
Hazard
Avoidance
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs...... 98
Softkeys
Function......................................... 227
Multi Function Display (MFD).......... 234
Primary Flight Display (PFD)............. 227
Speaker................................................ 20
Split Screen
Displaying Active FP Map.................. 64
Viewing Charts and Active FP............64
Split-PA Mode...................................... 20
T
Flight
Management
S
Audio Panel
and CNS
R
Relative Terrain Symbology................. 183
Reversionary Mode............................. 165
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations.....169
Runway
Selection...........................................33
EIS
Parallel Track
Activating......................................... 63
Cancelling.........................................63
PIREPs and AIREPs
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text...... 102
Precipitation (Garmin Connext)
Displaying Precipitation weather....... 97
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Map Decluttering..............................32
Power Up........................................163
Setting Topographic Display.............. 30
Softkeys..........................................227
Procedure Loading
Available Procedures at Airport......... 73
Into Active FP from Information Page 74
Stormscope
Clearing Stormscope.......................104
Manually clearing............................105
MFD Navigation Maps.....................104
PFD Navigation Maps...................... 104
Range selection...............................105
Selecting 'cell' or 'strike' mode........103
Stormscope Map Range.................. 103
Stormscope options........................ 104
Surface Analysis and City Forecast
(SiriusXM)
Displaying Surface Analysis and City
Forecast.......................................... 100
SVT in Reversionary Mode.................. 171
SVT Operation
Airport Signs.......................................8
Horizon Headings............................... 8
Pathways............................................ 7
SVT display......................................... 7
SVT Field of View................................ 8
SVT Troubleshooting...........................171
SVT Unusual Attitudes........................ 172
System Messages................................202
System Status............................. 191, 197
Flight
Instruments
P
Index
I-5
Terrain Displays
Aviation information....................... 110
Customizing display........................ 109
FLTA Alerting...................................111
Relative terrain information.............109
Terrain page....................................110
Track Mode Boundary display..........110
Vertical Situation Display................. 110
VSD Mode...................................... 110
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays
.......................................................... 187
TFRS
Displaying TFR Data........................ 102
Setting up and customizing TFR data
for maps......................................... 102
Topography
Display/Remove Scale........................31
Range Setting................................... 30
Traffic Information Service
Customizing traffic display.............. 111
Muting........................................... 112
PFD Inset or HSI Map...................... 111
TIS modes....................................... 113
Traffic map page............................. 112
Traffic Overlays................................111
Transponder Code Entry....................... 19
Transponder Mode Selection................ 18
Trip Statistics
Calculations via Manual Data Entry... 84
Selecting Automatic or Manual Page
Mode................................................83
Selecting Flight Plan and Leg.............83
Selecting Flight Plan or Waypoint Mode
.........................................................83
Turbulence (SiriusXM)
Displaying turbulence information...101
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
I-6
U
User Waypoint
Changing Storage Duration Setting...41
Creating from Information Page........37
Creating from Map Pages................. 38
Creating/Adding to Active FP............ 54
Deleting All.......................................42
Deleting Individual............................ 41
Renaming......................................... 40
Resetting Comments to Automate.... 40
Selection...........................................37
V
Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Activating Direct-To...........................68
Altitude Constraints.......................... 68
Enabling/Disabling Guidance.............67
Entering Along-Track Offset for WPT.46
Modifying VS TGT and FPA............... 68
Procedure WPT Manual Designation..70
Removing Altitude Constraint........... 47
WPT Manual Designation..................70
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)
Disabling...........................................73
Enabling........................................... 72
VHF Omni-directional Range (VOR)
Selection...........................................36
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
Selection...........................................36
Voice Alerts........................................ 201
Vspeed Bugs
Vspeed Reference Bugs.......................1
W
Waypoint
Adding to Active FP.......................... 53
Adding to Stored FP..........................53
Change Existing WPT to Present
Position.............................................40
Editing Comment or Location........... 39
Measuring bearing/distance between29
Reviewing Information...................... 29
Selecting for Waypoint Mode............84
INDEX
Flight
Instruments
Weather Data Link Page Softkeys
Customizing the Weather Data Link
Page................................................. 91
Map orientation................................91
Restoring default Weather................ 92
Viewing legends............................... 90
Weather Product Map Overlay
Weather legend................................ 92
Weather Product Map Overlays
Customizing weather data................ 92
Data Link Weather products..............93
Displaying Data Link Weather........... 92
Weather product icon and age display
.........................................................93
Weather product Sysmbols
Changing the data link weather source
.........................................................90
Weight and Balance
Entering Basic Empty Weight............ 82
Entering Cargo Weight..................... 82
Entering Fuel Reserves Weight.......... 83
Entering Passenger Number.............. 82
Entering Passenger Weight............... 82
Entering Pilot/Stores Weight..............82
Synchronizing Fuel on Board Weight. 83
Wind Data
Wind data.......................................... 6
Winds Aloft
Displaying....................................... 100
Vertical Situation Display................. 100
Winds aloft data display for the VSD....
101
EIS
Audio Panel
and CNS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annunciations
& Alerts
Appendix
Index
I-7
Index
Appendix
Annunciations
& Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Audio Panel
and CNS
EIS
Flight
Instruments
INDEX
BLANK PAGE
I-8
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising